penuel_n and_o slay_v the_o man_n of_o the_o city_n that_o be_v the_o magistrate_n of_o the_o city_n as_o before_o he_o do_v in_o succoth_n verse_n 18._o then_o say_v he_o unto_o zebah_n and_o zalmunna_n what_o manner_n of_o man_n be_v they_o who_o you_o slay_v at_o tabor_n because_o it_o seem_v gideon_n have_v hear_v that_o these_o king_n have_v slay_v certain_a man_n of_o the_o israelite_n that_o have_v retire_v themselves_o for_o shelter_n to_o some_o strong_a hold_n or_o cave_n in_o mount_n tabor_n and_o fear_v they_o be_v his_o brethren_n because_o they_o among_o other_o seek_v to_o provide_v for_o the_o save_n of_o their_o life_n in_o those_o dangerous_a time_n as_o other_o do_v chap._n 6.2_o and_o the_o hand_n of_o midian_a prevail_v against_o israel_n and_o because_o of_o the_o midianite_n the_o child_n of_o israel_n make_v they_o the_o den_n which_o be_v in_o the_o mountain_n and_o cave_n and_o strong_a hold_n and_o have_v not_o be_v since_o hear_v of_o therefore_o he_o inquire_v thus_o concern_v the_o man_n who_o they_o have_v there_o slay_v and_o they_o answer_v as_o thou_o be_v so_o be_v they_o each_o one_o resemble_v the_o child_n of_o a_o king_n this_o may_v be_v mean_v of_o that_o likeness_n of_o feature_n which_o be_v usual_o among_o brethren_n but_o plain_o it_o intend_v that_o they_o be_v of_o a_o goodly_a and_o comely_a personage_n even_o as_o gideon_n be_v and_o such_o as_o may_v well_o beseem_v man_n of_o a_o princely_a and_o royal_a stock_n verse_n 19_o as_o the_o lord_n live_v if_o you_o have_v save_v they_o alive_a i_o will_v not_o slay_v you_o the_o meaning_n be_v that_o he_o will_v have_v spare_v they_o because_o they_o have_v show_v mercy_n to_o his_o brethren_n and_o hereby_o he_o express_v his_o sorrow_n for_o his_o brethren_n and_o show_v what_o little_a cause_n they_o have_v now_o to_o expect_v any_o mercy_n from_o he_o verse_n 20._o and_o he_o say_v unto_o jether_o his_o first-born_a up_o and_o slay_v they_o upon_o he_o he_o impose_v this_o work_n rather_o than_o any_o other_o first_o that_o he_o may_v train_v he_o up_o even_o from_o his_o young_a year_n to_o draw_v his_o sword_n against_o the_o enemy_n of_o israel_n and_o to_o be_v severe_a to_o those_o that_o shall_v rise_v up_o against_o god_n and_o against_o his_o people_n second_o that_o it_o may_v be_v do_v by_o way_n of_o avenge_a the_o death_n of_o his_o brethren_n three_o because_o it_o will_v add_v if_o not_o to_o the_o pain_n yet_o to_o the_o dishonour_n of_o their_o death_n to_o die_v by_o such_o a_o hand_n verse_n 21._o then_o zebah_n and_o zalmunna_n say_v rise_v thou_o and_o fall_v upon_o we_o for_o as_o the_o man_n be_v so_o be_v his_o strength_n in_o this_o reply_n of_o they_o first_o they_o descant_n in_o a_o kind_n of_o scornful_a manner_n upon_o that_o command_n of_o gideon_n set_v a_o child_n to_o take_v away_o their_o life_n whereas_o indeed_o this_o his_o young_a heir_n have_v scarce_o courage_n enough_o to_o look_v they_o in_o the_o face_n second_o they_o provoke_v gideon_n as_o impatient_a of_o delay_n to_o rise_v upon_o they_o himself_o and_o rid_v they_o out_o of_o the_o way_n thereby_o discover_v their_o contempt_n of_o death_n and_o how_o much_o they_o scorn_v to_o beg_v life_n and_o withal_o happy_o be_v loath_a to_o die_v by_o the_o hand_n of_o a_o child_n and_o take_v away_o the_o ornament_n that_o be_v on_o their_o camel_n neck_n as_o the_o memorial_n of_o this_o great_a victory_n verse_n 22._o then_o the_o man_n of_o israel_n say_v unto_o gideon_n rule_v thou_o over_o we_o both_o thou_o and_o thy_o son_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o offer_v to_o receive_v he_o to_o be_v their_o king_n and_o to_o settle_v the_o kingdom_n successive_o upon_o his_o posterity_n verse_n 23._o and_o gideon_n say_v unto_o they_o i_o will_v not_o rule_v over_o you_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v not_o as_o a_o king_n he_o judge_v israel_n unto_o his_o die_a day_n but_o it_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n the_o regal_a power_n which_o they_o proffer_v and_o he_o now_o refuse_v and_o that_o upon_o this_o ground_n because_o the_o accept_n of_o this_o will_v have_v be_v in_o a_o manner_n a_o take_n of_o the_o government_n out_o of_o god_n hand_n the_o lord_n say_v he_o shall_v rule_v over_o you_o not_o that_o god_n rule_v not_o by_o king_n as_o well_o as_o by_o other_o kind_n of_o magistrate_n but_o because_o god_n have_v establish_v this_o way_n of_o govern_v they_o by_o judge_n who_o have_v not_o so_o great_a a_o degree_n of_o sovereignty_n and_o power_n over_o the_o people_n as_o king_n usual_o have_v &_o be_v extraordinary_o call_v of_o god_n &_o withal_o because_o god_n have_v in_o his_o law_n express_v that_o in_o case_n they_o shall_v desire_v a_o king_n they_o be_v to_o take_v he_o who_o the_o lord_n shall_v choose_v deu._n 17.14_o 15_o when_o thou_o be_v come_v to_o the_o land_n which_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n give_v thou_o and_o shall_v possess_v it_o and_o shall_v dwell_v therein_o and_o shall_v say_v i_o will_v set_v a_o king_n over_o i_o like_o all_o the_o nation_n that_o be_v about_o thou_o shall_v in_o any_o wise_a set_v he_o a_o king_n over_o thou_o who_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n shall_v choose_v one_o from_o among_o thy_o brethren_n shall_v thou_o set_v over_o thou_o thou_o may_v not_o set_v a_o stranger_n over_o thou_o which_o be_v not_o thy_o brother_n therefore_o he_o take_v this_o rash_a proffer_n of_o change_v the_o government_n to_o be_v a_o shake_n of_o god_n government_n because_o they_o go_v about_o to_o change_v it_o without_o god_n leave_n and_o refuse_v to_o give_v any_o consent_n to_o it_o all_o which_o be_v evident_a by_o that_o which_o the_o lord_n say_v of_o the_o israelite_n desire_v a_o king_n in_o samuel_n day_n 1._o sam._n 8.6_o 7._o but_o the_o thing_n displease_v samuel_n when_o they_o say_v give_v we_o a_o king_n to_o judge_v we_o and_o samuel_n pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o samuel_n harken_v unto_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o people_n in_o all_o that_o they_o say_v unto_o thou_o for_o they_o have_v not_o reject_v thou_o but_o they_o have_v reject_v i_o that_o i_o shall_v not_o reign_v over_o they_o verse_n 26._o and_o the_o weight_n of_o the_o golden_a earrings_a which_o he_o request_v be_v a_o thousand_o and_o seven_o hundred_o shekel_n of_o gold_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v esteem_v to_o be_v according_a to_o the_o account_n of_o our_o weight_n 2380_o pound_n it_o be_v not_o impossible_a that_o all_o this_o shall_v be_v spend_v in_o the_o make_n of_o one_o ephod_n as_o it_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 27._o especial_o if_o it_o be_v make_v as_o that_o of_o aaron_n with_o a_o breastplate_n set_v with_o so_o many_o precious_a stone_n of_o great_a value_n exod._n 28.15_o 16.17_o but_o the_o word_n will_v well_o enough_o bear_v that_o of_o part_n of_o this_o gold_n now_o give_v he_o he_o make_v a_o ephod_n verse_n 27._o and_o gideon_n make_v a_o ephod_n thereof_o and_o put_v it_o in_o his_o city_n not_o a_o linen_n ephod_n but_o such_o a_o one_o as_o that_o which_o be_v make_v for_o the_o high_a priest_n of_o gold_n blue_a purple_a scarlet_a etc._n etc._n exod._n 28.6_o it_o be_v probable_a enough_o that_o he_o intend_v it_o only_o as_o a_o memorial_n of_o this_o their_o victory_n over_o the_o midianite_n the_o monument_n be_v of_o the_o very_a prey_n which_o be_v there_o take_v though_o afterward_o it_o become_v a_o snare_n both_o to_o he_o and_o to_o his_o house_n but_o why_o then_o do_v he_o make_v a_o ephod_n rather_o than_o any_o other_o monument_n this_o indeed_o seem_v to_o imply_v that_o his_o purpose_n be_v to_o make_v use_n also_o of_o this_o ephod_n either_o in_o offer_v sacrifice_n in_o his_o own_o house_n and_o then_o under_o this_o ephod_n all_o the_o priestly_a garment_n may_v be_v comprehend_v or_o else_o thereby_o to_o inquire_v what_o the_o will_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v according_a to_o the_o judgement_n of_o urim_n not_o consider_v that_o this_o previledge_n be_v only_o annex_v to_o aaron_n ephod_n wherein_o be_v the_o breastplate_n of_o judgement_n with_o the_o urim_n and_o thummim_n and_o therein_o therefore_o he_o sin_v great_o and_o bring_v god_n wrath_n upon_o his_o posterity_n and_o all_o israel_n go_v thither_o a_o whore_v after_o it_o etc._n etc._n either_o they_o go_v thither_o as_o to_o a_o famous_a oracle_n to_o inquire_v concern_v the_o will_n of_o god_n in_o any_o doubtful_a case_n or_o else_o draw_v with_o the_o superstitious_a conceit_n they_o have_v entertain_v of_o this_o ephod_n they_o set_v up_o there_o a_o place_n of_o sacrifice_v contrary_a to_o the_o express_a letter_n of_o the_o law_n of_o god_n or_o else_o they_o resort_v
instinct_n especial_o in_o these_o time_n when_o it_o be_v very_o questionable_a whether_o they_o be_v bind_v to_o that_o law_n deut._n 12.15_o to_o wit_n because_o the_o tabernacle_n and_o the_o ark_n be_v now_o in_o several_a place_n and_o so_o a_o long_a time_n continue_v chap._n viii_o verse_n 1._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o samuel_n be_v old_a that_o he_o make_v his_o son_n judge_n over_o israel_n to_o wit_n as_o his_o deputy_n and_o substitute_n be_v through_o age_n unable_a to_o go_v through_o the_o land_n to_o judge_v the_o people_n as_o former_o he_o have_v do_v he_o appoint_v his_o son_n to_o judge_v the_o people_n in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o land_n in_o his_o stead_n and_o that_o happy_o not_o without_o god_n permission_n and_o consent_n verse_n 2._o now_o the_o name_n of_o his_o first-born_a be_v joel_n who_o be_v also_o call_v vashni_n 1_o chron._n 6.28_o they_o be_v judge_n in_o beersheba_n though_o they_o exercise_v authority_n and_o power_n of_o judge_n over_o all_o the_o people_n at_o least_o in_o those_o part_n and_o go_v happy_o in_o their_o circuit_n as_o their_o father_n have_v do_v yet_o there_o they_o dwell_v as_o their_o father_n do_v in_o ramah_n and_o there_o most_o a_o end_n they_o judge_v the_o people_n and_o that_o it_o may_v be_v purposely_o either_o because_o that_o town_n be_v in_o the_o utmost_a southpart_n of_o the_o land_n the_o further_a off_o from_o ramah_n from_o whence_o it_o be_v most_o trouble_v for_o the_o people_n to_o come_v to_o samuel_n in_o ramah_n or_o because_o it_o border_v close_o upon_o the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n over_o who_o they_o may_v the_o better_o keep_v a_o vigilant_a eye_n verse_n 3._o and_o his_o son_n walk_v not_o in_o his_o way_n but_o turn_v aside_o after_o lucre_n not_o only_o the_o singular_a piety_n of_o samuel_n but_o also_o the_o experience_n he_o have_v of_o god_n severity_n against_o eli_n for_o his_o indulgence_n to_o his_o child_n may_v well_o induce_v we_o to_o think_v that_o he_o do_v what_o he_o can_v to_o train_v up_o his_o son_n in_o the_o way_n of_o righteousness_n nor_o can_v we_o indeed_o think_v that_o he_o will_v have_v entrust_v they_o with_o the_o subordinate_a power_n of_o govern_v the_o people_n under_o he_o have_v they_o not_o to_o that_o time_n behave_v themselves_o well_o and_o give_v hope_n of_o manage_v the_o trust_n well_o that_o be_v commit_v to_o they_o but_o be_v advance_v to_o these_o place_n of_o dignity_n and_o power_n it_o seem_v they_o soon_o degenerate_v and_o prove_v the_o occasion_n of_o much_o mischief_n to_o the_o commonwealth_n verse_n 5._o behold_v thou_o be_v old_a and_o thy_o son_n walk_v not_o in_o thy_o way_n now_o make_v we_o a_o king_n etc._n etc._n they_o express_o pretend_v only_a samuel_n age_n and_o his_o son_n wickedness_n as_o the_o reason_n why_o they_o desire_v a_o king_n but_o there_o be_v other_o thing_n that_o do_v chief_o move_v they_o in_o this_o attempt_n to_o wit_n first_o their_o fear_n of_o the_o great_a preparation_n which_o they_o perceive_v nahash_n the_o king_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n make_v against_o they_o whereupon_o as_o man_n not_o have_v any_o confidence_n in_o god_n protection_n they_o fly_v to_o other_o device_n and_o piâ—ch_v upon_o this_o of_o make_v they_o a_o king_n chap._n 12.12_o and_o when_o you_o see_v that_o nahash_n the_o king_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n come_v against_o you_o you_o say_v unto_o i_o nay_o but_o a_o king_n shall_v reign_v over_o we_o and_o second_o a_o ambitious_a affectation_n of_o be_v like_o other_o nation_n by_o turn_v their_o government_n into_o a_o absolute_a monarchy_n which_o be_v employ_v in_o their_o last_o word_n now_o make_v we_o a_o king_n to_o judge_v we_o like_o all_o the_o nation_n but_o though_o they_o be_v resolve_v to_o have_v a_o king_n yet_o they_o refer_v the_o choice_n of_o he_o that_o shall_v reign_v over_o they_o to_o the_o lord_n for_o they_o come_v to_o samuel_n as_o a_o prophet_n that_o may_v inquire_v in_o this_o business_n of_o god_n and_o that_o no_o doubt_n as_o pretend_v respect_n to_o that_o which_o be_v write_v in_o their_o law_n deut._n 17.14_o 15._o when_o thâ—â—_n be_v come_v unto_o the_o land_n which_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n give_v thou_o and_o shall_v possess_v it_o and_o shall_v dwell_v therein_o and_o shall_v say_v i_o will_v set_v a_o king_n over_o i_o like_a as_o all_o the_o nation_n that_o be_v about_o i_o thou_o shall_v in_o any_o wise_a set_v he_o king_n over_o thou_o who_o the_o lord_n thy_o god_n shall_v choose_v verse_n 6._o but_o the_o thing_n displease_v samuel_n etc._n etc._n it_o can_v not_o but_o grieve_v he_o that_o the_o people_n of_o who_o he_o have_v deserve_v so_o well_o shall_v thus_o unthankful_o shake_v off_o his_o government_n but_o the_o chief_n thing_n that_o trouble_v he_o be_v because_o he_o know_v their_o desire_n be_v sinful_a and_o will_v be_v displease_v to_o god_n and_o therefore_o that_o clause_n be_v add_v that_o samuel_n pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v he_o pray_v he_o to_o forgive_v this_o their_o sin_n to_o help_v in_o this_o danger_n and_o to_o direct_v he_o what_o course_n he_o shall_v take_v with_o they_o verse_n 7._o and_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o samuel_n harken_v unto_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o people_n in_o all_o that_o they_o say_v unto_o thou_o thus_o god_n yield_v to_o their_o desire_n but_o in_o his_o anger_n hosea_n 13.11_o for_o they_o have_v not_o reject_v thou_o but_o they_o have_v reject_v i_o that_o i_o shall_v not_o reign_v over_o they_o that_o be_v for_o they_o have_v reject_v i_o rather_o than_o thou_o we_o have_v the_o like_a phrase_n in_o many_o place_n of_o scripture_n as_o matth._n 10.20_o for_o it_o be_v not_o you_o that_o speak_v but_o the_o spirit_n of_o your_o father_n which_o speak_v in_o you_o it_o be_v the_o spirit_n of_o your_o father_n rather_o than_o you_o that_o speak_v hos_fw-la 6.6_o for_o i_o desire_v mercy_n and_o not_o sacrifice_v that_o be_v mercy_n rather_o than_o sacrifice_v act_v 5.4_o thou_o have_v not_o lie_v unto_o man_n but_o unto_o god_n that_o be_v unto_o god_n rather_o than_o man_n and_o this_o god_n say_v first_o because_o they_o cast_v off_o that_o government_n which_o god_n have_v establish_v among_o they_o for_o though_o god_n have_v a_o purpose_n to_o erect_v a_o regal_a throne_n among_o they_o and_o to_o give_v they_o king_n out_o of_o who_o seed_n the_o messiah_n shall_v come_v and_o now_o make_v use_n of_o their_o inordinate_a desire_n to_o accomplish_v his_o own_o purpose_n as_o usual_o he_o do_v turn_v the_o evil_a action_n of_o man_n to_o a_o good_a end_n yea_o tho_o he_o have_v partly_o make_v know_v this_o to_o his_o people_n gen._n 17.6_o and_o i_o will_v make_v thou_o exceed_o fruitful_a and_o i_o will_v make_v nation_n of_o thou_o and_o king_n shall_v come_v out_o of_o thou_o and_o 49.10_o the_o sceptre_n shall_v not_o depart_v from_o judah_n nor_o a_o lawgiver_n from_o between_o his_o foot_n until_o shiloh_n come_v deut._n 17.18_o and_o it_o shall_v be_v when_o he_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o his_o kingdom_n that_o he_o shall_v write_v he_o a_o copy_n of_o this_o law_n in_o a_o book_n yet_o they_o shall_v have_v wait_v god_n leisure_n neither_o be_v it_o therefore_o lawful_a to_o make_v a_o innovation_n in_o the_o government_n without_o any_o direction_n from_o the_o lord_n especial_o in_o such_o a_o sinful_a manner_n out_o of_o a_o distrustful_a fear_n and_o proud_a affectation_n to_o be_v therein_o like_o all_o other_o nation_n as_o be_v note_v before_o upon_o deut._n 17.14_o second_o because_o though_o god_n do_v govern_v by_o king_n also_o prov._n 8.15_o 16._o by_o i_o king_n reign_n and_o prince_n decree_v justice_n by_o i_o prince_n rule_v and_o noble_n even_o all_o the_o judge_n of_o the_o earth_n yet_o his_o government_n be_v more_o immediate_a which_o he_o now_o exercise_v over_o they_o by_o judge_n both_o because_o they_o be_v extraordinary_o raise_v up_o of_o god_n and_o because_o they_o have_v not_o that_o absolute_a power_n which_o king_n usual_o have_v but_o judge_v they_o chief_o by_o make_v know_v to_o they_o the_o will_n of_o god_n and_o to_o that_o end_n do_v often_o inquire_v of_o the_o lord_n in_o difficult_a case_n see_v judg._n 8.23_o and_o thus_o the_o lord_n show_v samuel_n first_o the_o grievousnesse_n of_o their_o sin_n and_o that_o this_o move_v he_o in_o his_o displeasure_n to_o yield_v they_o their_o desire_n and_o second_o he_o seek_v to_o prevent_v the_o wonder_n and_o indignation_n of_o samuel_n for_o why_o they_o deal_v no_o otherwise_o with_o he_o then_o with_o the_o lord_n himself_o as_o christ_n say_v to_o his_o disciple_n matt._n 10.24_o â—5_n the_o disciple_n
return_v also_o that_o she_o may_v not_o be_v expose_v to_o that_o misery_n which_o with_o she_o she_o be_v like_a to_o undergo_v and_o the_o rather_o because_o she_o may_v hope_v that_o ruth_n will_v be_v constant_a in_o the_o true_a religion_n but_o yet_o because_o she_o see_v that_o ruth_n be_v more_o bend_v to_o stay_v with_o she_o than_o her_o sister_n orpah_n be_v it_o it_o most_o probable_a that_o this_o she_o now_o say_v to_o she_o be_v chief_o intend_v to_o try_v she_o and_o therefore_o she_o mention_n orpah_n her_o return_v to_o her_o god_n thereby_o as_o it_o be_v to_o put_v she_o in_o mind_n that_o she_o must_v be_v content_a to_o leave_v both_o her_o people_n and_o god_n too_o that_o she_o have_v former_o serve_v if_o she_o will_v go_v along_o with_o she_o and_o therefore_o ought_v serious_o to_o consider_v of_o it_o what_o she_o will_v do_v verse_n 17._o the_o lord_n do_v so_o to_o i_o and_o more_o also_o if_o ought_v but_o death_n part_v thou_o and_o i_o this_o form_n of_o swear_v or_o imprecation_n which_o ruth_n here_o use_v the_o lord_n do_v so_o to_o i_o and_o more_o also_o be_v it_o seem_v familiar_a not_o among_o the_o jew_n only_o as_o we_o may_v see_v in_o many_o several_a place_n of_o the_o book_n of_o samuel_n and_o the_o king_n as_o 1._o sam._n 3.17_o etc._n etc._n but_o also_o among_o other_o nation_n when_o they_o swear_v by_o their_o false_a god_n as_o it_o be_v evident_a 1._o kin._n 19.2_o &_o 20.10_o the_o drift_n of_o this_o imprecation_n be_v doubtless_o to_o express_v that_o they_o desire_v some_o notable_a mischief_n may_v befall_v they_o if_o they_o do_v not_o do_v what_o they_o say_v they_o will_v do_v or_o what_o they_o desire_v shall_v be_v do_v by_o other_o but_o why_o do_v they_o not_o express_v the_o evil_n they_o desire_v shall_v fall_v upon_o they_o i_o answer_v that_o it_o be_v very_o probable_a that_o at_o first_o the_o custom_n of_o swear_v thus_o without_o name_v the_o mischief_n they_o wish_v be_v take_v up_o either_o because_o they_o be_v natural_o afraid_a to_o mention_v the_o evil_n they_o wish_v to_o themselves_o or_o other_o not_o dare_v to_o use_v such_o desperate_a expression_n as_o bold_a wretch_n nowadays_o use_v without_o fear_n as_o god_n confound_v i_o etc._n etc._n or_o else_o because_o by_o this_o suppress_n the_o evil_n they_o desire_v may_v light_v upon_o themselves_o or_o other_o they_o do_v purposely_o intimate_v how_o grievous_a the_o mischief_n be_v they_o wish_v to_o themselves_o or_o other_o in_o case_n they_o do_v not_o what_o they_o vow_v to_o do_v or_o that_o other_o do_v not_o what_o they_o desire_v of_o they_o namely_o that_o they_o be_v such_o that_o they_o be_v afraid_a to_o name_v they_o verse_n 19_o all_o the_o city_n be_v move_v about_o they_o and_o they_o say_v be_v this_o naomi_n that_o be_v all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o city_n be_v move_v with_o much_o compassion_n and_o wonder_n at_o the_o sad_a condition_n wherein_o she_o be_v come_v back_o from_o the_o land_n of_o moab_n it_o seem_v she_o be_v a_o woman_n of_o good_a rank_n and_o note_n above_o other_o in_o bethlehem_n when_o she_o go_v thence_o and_o therefore_o the_o report_n of_o she_o be_v return_v home_o in_o such_o a_o poor_a plight_n be_v soon_o spread_v about_o the_o city_n every_o body_n wonder_v at_o it_o and_o gaze_v at_o she_o as_o they_o have_v any_o occasion_n to_o see_v she_o they_o cry_v out_o be_v this_o naomi_n as_o if_o they_o shall_v have_v say_v what_o a_o alteration_n be_v here_o who_o will_v have_v ever_o look_v to_o see_v naomi_n in_o such_o a_o condition_n it_o seem_v that_o not_o only_o her_o poverty_n but_o even_o the_o wonderful_a change_n of_o her_o countenance_n by_o reason_n of_o exceed_v much_o sorrow_n make_v all_o that_o see_v she_o and_o have_v know_v she_o former_o wonder_v at_o she_o verse_n 20._o call_v i_o not_o naomi_n call_v i_o mara_n for_o the_o almighty_a have_v deal_v very_o bitter_o with_o i_o though_o the_o complaint_n of_o the_o best_a in_o the_o hour_n of_o affliction_n be_v many_o time_n too_o full_a of_o passion_n yet_o the_o singular_a piety_n of_o naomi_n make_v it_o most_o probable_a that_o she_o speak_v not_o this_o by_o way_n of_o murmur_a or_o with_o charge_v god_n for_o deal_v too_o severe_o with_o she_o but_o only_o to_o express_v that_o the_o lord_n have_v bring_v many_o bitter_a affliction_n and_o sorrow_n upon_o she_o in_o regard_n whereof_o mara_n which_o signify_v bitter_a be_v a_o fit_a name_n for_o she_o then_o naomi_n which_o signify_v pleasant_a or_o merry_a verse_n 21._o the_o lord_n have_v testify_v against_o i_o and_o the_o almighty_a have_v afflict_v i_o because_o affliction_n be_v ordinary_o the_o manifestation_n of_o the_o lord_n anger_n and_o displeasure_n against_o his_o people_n for_o their_o sin_n whence_o be_v that_o of_o job_n chap._n 10.17_o thou_o renewe_v thy_o witness_n against_o i_o and_o increase_v thy_o indignation_n upon_o i_o and_o again_o chap._n 16.8_o thou_o have_v fill_v i_o with_o wrinkle_n which_o be_v a_o witness_n against_o i_o therefore_o it_o be_v that_o naomi_n speak_v thus_o of_o her_o affliction_n the_o lord_n have_v testify_v against_o i_o and_o the_o almighty_a have_v afflict_v i_o chap._n ii_o verse_n 1._o and_o naomi_n have_v a_o kinsman_n of_o her_o husband_n etc._n etc._n to_o intimate_v why_o boaz_n at_o the_o first_o knowledge_n of_o ruth_n show_v she_o such_o favour_n as_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o follow_a part_n of_o the_o chapter_n this_o be_v here_o prefix_v that_o he_o be_v a_o near_a kinsman_n of_o elimelech_n naomies_n husband_n verse_n 2._o let_v i_o now_o go_v to_o the_o field_n and_o glean_v ear_n of_o corn_n after_o he_o in_o who_o sight_n i_o shall_v find_v grace_n these_o last_o word_n in_o who_o sight_n i_o shall_v find_v grace_n be_v add_v to_o imply_v that_o she_o will_v be_v careful_a no_o way_n to_o be_v offensive_a to_o any_o and_o that_o she_o will_v not_o glean_v without_o leave_n for_o which_o her_o modesty_n she_o be_v express_o commend_v by_o boaz_n his_o bailiff_n vers_fw-la 7._o she_o say_v i_o pray_v you_o let_v i_o glean_v and_o gather_v after_o the_o reaper_n among_o the_o sheaf_n whereby_o we_o may_v see_v that_o though_o the_o glean_n of_o their_o corn_n be_v by_o the_o law_n of_o god_n appoint_v for_o the_o poor_a levit._n 19.9_o thou_o shall_v not_o whole_o reap_v the_o corner_n of_o thy_o field_n neither_o shall_v thou_o gather_v the_o glean_n of_o thy_o harvest_n yet_o the_o poor_a be_v to_o take_v they_o as_o a_o matter_n of_o favour_n from_o the_o owner_n if_o not_o to_o crave_v leave_n too_o when_o they_o go_v to_o gather_v they_o verse_n 5._o then_o say_v boaz_n unto_o his_o servant_n that_o be_v set_v over_o the_o reaper_n who_o damsel_n be_v this_o this_o he_o may_v ask_v either_o because_o he_o perceive_v she_o be_v a_o stranger_n or_o because_o he_o find_v she_o sit_v in_o the_o house_n see_v the_o follow_a note_n verse_n 7._o so_o she_o come_v and_o have_v continue_v even_o from_o the_o morning_n until_o now_o that_o she_o tarry_v a_o little_a in_o the_o house_n it_o may_v seem_v that_o ruth_n in_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o day_n do_v withdraw_v herself_o to_o the_o house_n or_o hovel_n which_o be_v there_o in_o the_o field_n wherein_o happy_o the_o harvest_n man_n do_v eat_v their_o meat_n that_o there_o she_o may_v a_o while_n ease_n and_o refresh_v herself_o and_o then_o return_v to_o her_o work_n again_o which_o may_v also_o be_v the_o chief_a occasion_n that_o induce_v boaz_n see_v she_o sit_v there_o to_o inquire_v vers_n 5._o who_o damsel_n she_o be_v and_o therefore_o this_o servant_n be_v so_o careful_a to_o inform_v boaz_n of_o her_o diligence_n and_o industry_n that_o from_o morning_n till_o that_o time_n she_o have_v follow_v she_o glean_v hard_a only_o now_o a_o little_a while_n she_o have_v rest_v herself_o there_o in_o the_o house_n to_o refresh_v herself_o verse_n 8._o but_o abide_v here_o fast_o by_o my_o maiden_n who_o be_v doubtless_o employ_v not_o in_o glean_v as_o some_o think_v for_o the_o owner_n may_v not_o gather_v the_o glean_n of_o the_o field_n but_o be_v to_o leave_v they_o for_o the_o poor_a and_o for_o the_o stranger_n levit._fw-la 23.22_o when_o you_o reap_v the_o harvest_n of_o your_o land_n thou_o shall_v not_o make_v a_o clean_a riddance_n of_o the_o corner_n of_o thy_o field_n when_o thou_o reape_v neither_o shall_v thou_o gather_v any_o glean_n of_o thy_o harvest_n thou_o shall_v leave_v they_o to_o the_o poor_a and_o to_o the_o stranger_n but_o either_o in_o reap_v or_o else_o in_o gather_v the_o corn_n after_o the_o reaper_n and_o bind_v the_o sheaf_n verse_n 12._o a_o full_a
by_o god_n command_n as_o we_o find_v it_o express_v chap._n 15.1_o samuel_n also_o say_v unto_o saul_n the_o lord_n send_v i_o to_o anoint_v thou_o to_o be_v king_n over_o his_o people_n over_o israel_n and_o this_o be_v doubtless_o to_o signify_v first_o that_o the_o lord_n have_v choose_v he_o and_o set_v he_o apart_o to_o that_o sacred_a and_o supreme_a office_n of_o be_v god_n vicegerent_n in_o rule_v and_o govern_v his_o people_n for_o oil_n be_v ordinary_o use_v in_o the_o consecration_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n by_o the_o anoint_v of_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n the_o lord_n be_v please_v to_o show_v forth_o that_o he_o have_v call_v they_o and_o separate_v they_o to_o this_o place_n of_o singular_a and_o high_a authority_n over_o the_o people_n and_o the_o rather_o say_v some_o expositor_n because_o oil_n be_v mingle_v with_o other_o liquor_n will_v be_v still_o uppermost_a and_o so_o be_v the_o fit_a to_o shadow_v forth_o that_o eminency_n of_o dignity_n and_o power_n whereto_o god_n have_v advance_v they_o and_o second_o that_o the_o lord_n will_v pour_v forth_o upon_o he_o a_o extraordinary_a measure_n of_o the_o gift_n of_o his_o spirit_n figure_v by_o the_o oil_n thereby_o to_o enable_v he_o for_o that_o great_a service_n whereto_o he_o be_v call_v whence_o it_o be_v note_v in_o the_o nine_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n to_o show_v as_o it_o be_v the_o accomplishment_n of_o that_o which_o be_v signify_v by_o this_o outward_a ceremony_n that_o god_n give_v he_o another_o heart_n and_o vers_fw-la 6._o that_o he_o be_v turn_v into_o another_o man_n he_o be_v not_o the_o same_o man_n that_o he_o be_v before_o beside_o because_o by_o that_o speech_n of_o jothams_n judg._n 9.8_o the_o tree_n go_v forth_o on_o a_o time_n to_o anoint_v a_o king_n over_o they_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o it_o have_v be_v many_o year_n before_o this_o a_o constant_a custom_n among_o other_o nation_n to_o anoint_v their_o king_n and_o so_o be_v always_o continue_v whence_o it_o be_v that_o cyrus_n the_o king_n of_o persia_n be_v call_v the_o lord_n anoint_v esa_n 45.1_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o the_o people_n desire_v a_o king_n like_o other_o nation_n the_o lord_n may_v in_o this_o regard_n appoint_v this_o their_o new_a choose_a king_n to_o be_v design_v to_o his_o sovereignty_n by_o the_o same_o ceremony_n that_o be_v use_v among_o other_o nation_n it_o be_v a_o great_a question_n among_o expositor_n whether_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n be_v anoint_v with_o that_o holy_a anoint_v oil_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n wherewith_o the_o priest_n be_v anoint_v or_o with_o any_o other_o ordinary_a oil_n but_o because_o there_o be_v nothing_o can_v be_v allege_v that_o give_v the_o least_o intimation_n that_o saul_n be_v anoint_v with_o the_o oil_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n but_o only_o that_o david_n and_o his_o successor_n be_v i_o shall_v refer_v the_o resolve_v of_o this_o doubt_n to_o the_o note_n upon_o chap._n 16.1_o the_o second_o ceremony_n use_v here_o by_o samuel_n at_o the_o anoint_v of_o saul_n be_v that_o he_o kiss_v he_o which_o he_o do_v either_o by_o way_n of_o congratulation_n for_o that_o dignity_n whereto_o god_n have_v now_o advance_v he_o as_o make_v this_o a_o token_n of_o god_n favour_n and_o his_o own_o voluntary_a and_o peaceable_a resign_v the_o government_n over_o to_o he_o or_o rather_o by_o way_n of_o homage_n for_o in_o those_o time_n it_o seem_v subject_n use_v to_o acknowledge_v the_o sovereignty_n of_o their_o king_n by_o kiss_v they_o whence_o be_v that_o expression_n concern_v christ_n of_o who_o it_o be_v say_v there_o that_o god_n have_v set_v he_o to_o be_v king_n upon_o his_o holy_a hill_n of_o zion_n psal_n 2.11_o 12._o serve_v the_o lord_n with_o fear_n kiss_v the_o son_n lest_o he_o be_v angry_a and_o the_o ground_n of_o this_o civil_a ceremony_n be_v to_o signify_v the_o willingness_n of_o their_o subjection_n that_o they_o love_v their_o king_n and_o not_o so_o much_o out_o of_o fear_n as_o love_n will_v be_v ready_a to_o serve_v they_o and_o thence_o it_o well_o may_v be_v too_o that_o in_o time_n of_o idolatry_n they_o use_v to_o kiss_v their_o idol_n as_o be_v evident_a 1._o king_n 19.18_o yet_o i_o have_v leave_v i_o seven_o thousand_o in_o israel_n all_o the_o knee_n which_o have_v not_o bow_v unto_o baal_n and_o every_o mouth_n which_o have_v not_o kiss_v he_o and_o again_o hos_fw-la 13.2_o and_o now_o they_o sin_v more_o and_o more_o and_o have_v make_v they_o molteâ—_n image_n of_o their_o silver_n and_o idol_n according_a to_o their_o own_o understanding_n all_o of_o it_o the_o work_n of_o the_o craftsman_n they_o say_v of_o they_o let_v the_o man_n that_o sacrifice_n kiss_v the_o calf_n and_o say_v be_v it_o not_o because_o the_o lord_n have_v anoint_v thou_o to_o be_v captain_n over_o his_o inheritance_n in_o render_v this_o reason_n why_o he_o have_v use_v those_o outward_a ceremony_n the_o prophet_n chief_o press_v he_o to_o remember_v first_o that_o it_o be_v not_o he_o but_o the_o lord_n that_o have_v choose_v he_o to_o be_v king_n and_o second_o that_o it_o be_v god_n own_o inheritance_n over_o who_o he_o be_v to_o reign_v a_o strong_a argument_n to_o render_v he_o the_o more_o careful_a how_o he_o rule_v over_o they_o 1._o king_n 3.9_o give_v therefore_o thy_o servant_n a_o understand_a heart_n to_o judge_v thy_o people_n that_o i_o may_v discern_v between_o good_a and_o bad_a for_o who_o be_v able_a to_o judge_v this_o thy_o so_o great_a people_n why_o the_o israelite_n be_v call_v the_o lord_n inheritance_n see_v the_o note_n deut._n 32.9_o verse_n 2._o thou_o shall_v find_v two_o man_n by_o rachel_n sepulchre_n in_o the_o border_n of_o benjamin_n though_o bethlehem_n be_v in_o the_o portion_n of_o judah_n mich_n 5.2_o but_o thou_o bethlehem_n ephratah_n though_o thou_o be_v little_a among_o the_o thousand_o of_o judah_n yet_o out_o of_o thou_o shall_v he_o come_v forth_o unto_o i_o that_o be_v to_o be_v a_o ruler_n in_o israel_n and_o rachel_n sepulchre_n in_o the_o way_n to_o bethlehem_n gen._n 35.19_o 20._o and_o rachel_n die_v and_o be_v bury_v in_o the_o way_n to_o ephrath_n which_o be_v bethlehem_n and_o jacob_n set_v a_o pillar_n upon_o her_o grave_n that_o be_v the_o pillar_n of_o rachel_n grave_n unto_o this_o day_n yet_o may_v her_o sepulchre_n be_v in_o the_o border_n of_o benjamin_n or_o near_o to_o it_o for_o the_o portion_n of_o these_o two_o tribe_n lay_v together_o verse_n 3._o and_o there_o shall_v meet_v thou_o three_o man_n go_v up_o to_o god_n to_o bethel_n one_o carry_v three_o kid_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n because_o they_o be_v go_v thither_o to_o sacrifice_v whereby_o it_o appear_v that_o as_o in_o many_o other_o place_n so_o in_o bethel_n also_o there_o be_v a_o high_a place_n at_o this_o time_n wherein_o they_o use_v to_o sacrifice_v to_o which_o they_o may_v partly_o be_v induce_v out_o of_o a_o opinion_n of_o the_o holiness_n of_o the_o place_n because_o there_o god_n appear_v to_o jacob_n gen._n 28.19_o now_o the_o more_o punctual_o these_o particular_n be_v here_o express_v which_o these_o man_n carry_v with_o they_o the_o more_o it_o must_v needs_o strengthen_v saul_n faith_n when_o the_o least_o thing_n fail_v not_o of_o that_o which_o be_v now_o foretell_v he_o verse_n 4._o and_o they_o will_v salute_v thou_o and_o give_v thou_o two_o loaf_n of_o bread_n which_o thou_o shall_v receive_v of_o their_o hand_n it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o these_o man_n do_v never_o former_o know_v saul_n nor_o be_v at_o all_o acquaint_v with_o he_o because_o samuel_n give_v he_o order_n to_o take_v the_o loaf_n which_o they_o shall_v proffer_v he_o which_o there_o will_v have_v be_v no_o need_n to_o have_v do_v have_v they_o be_v his_o know_a and_o familiar_a friend_n now_o the_o less_o reason_n can_v be_v conceive_v why_o mere_a stranger_n shall_v carry_v themselves_o thus_o towards_o he_o the_o more_o admirable_a it_o be_v that_o god_n shall_v secret_o move_v their_o heart_n thus_o to_o honour_v he_o as_o it_o be_v with_o a_o present_a as_o if_o they_o have_v know_v of_o the_o advancement_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v confer_v upon_o he_o and_o the_o more_o admirable_a and_o strange_a this_o be_v which_o samuel_n foretell_v the_o more_o it_o must_v needs_o confirm_v saul_n faith_n when_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v verse_n 5._o after_o that_o thou_o shall_v come_v to_o the_o hill_n of_o god_n where_o be_v the_o garrison_n of_o the_o philistine_n concern_v the_o garrison_n which_o the_o philistine_n keep_v now_o in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 7.14_o it_o be_v probable_a that_o this_o be_v in_o gibeah_n of_o benjamin_n where_o saul_n father_n dwell_v or_o near_o to_o it_o first_o
and_o other_o that_o be_v of_o david_n guard_n and_o in_o their_o course_n attend_v upon_o he_o verse_n 11._o wherefore_o nathan_n speak_v unto_o bathsheba_n the_o mother_n of_o solomon_n say_v by_o nathan_n the_o lord_n have_v make_v know_v to_o david_n his_o will_n concern_v solomon_n succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n 1._o chr._n 22.8_o 9_o 2._o sam._n 7.13_o and_o therefore_o nathan_n know_v this_o which_o adonijah_n have_v do_v to_o be_v against_o the_o will_n and_o purpose_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o against_o that_o which_o david_n have_v appoint_v be_v the_o forward_a to_o stir_v and_o oppose_v himself_o against_o it_o and_o to_o that_o end_n he_o go_v present_o to_o bathsheba_n before_o she_o though_o the_o mother_n of_o solomon_n have_v hear_v any_o thing_n of_o that_o which_o adonijah_n have_v do_v and_o acquaint_v she_o with_o what_o he_o have_v hear_v and_o that_o by_o way_n of_o enquiry_n to_o startle_v she_o the_o more_o have_v thou_o not_o hear_v that_o adonijah_n the_o son_n of_o haggith_n do_v reign_v he_o set_v she_o on_o work_n to_o go_v to_o the_o king_n about_o it_o as_o know_v that_o in_o regard_n of_o her_o affection_n to_o her_o son_n none_o will_v be_v more_o zealous_a in_o the_o business_n than_o she_o and_o that_o in_o regard_n of_o david_n great_a affection_n to_o she_o none_o be_v more_o like_a to_o prevail_v with_o he_o only_o for_o her_o encouragement_n he_o add_v those_o word_n and_o david_n our_o lord_n know_v it_o not_o thereby_o intimate_v that_o she_o need_v not_o fear_n but_o david_n when_o he_o come_v to_o know_v what_o be_v do_v will_v soon_o take_v a_o course_n to_o suppress_v adonijah_n verse_n 12._o let_v i_o i_o pray_v thou_o give_v thou_o counsel_n that_o thou_o may_v save_v thy_o own_o life_n etc._n etc._n to_o make_v bathsheba_n the_o more_o willing_a to_o hearken_v to_o he_o nathan_n here_o tell_v she_o how_o deep_o the_o business_n concern_v she_o and_o that_o because_o if_o adonijah_n prevail_v she_o may_v be_v sure_a that_o he_o will_v never_o let_v solomon_n her_o son_n live_v that_o be_v his_o rival_n for_o the_o crown_n nor_o her_o neither_o who_o hatred_n he_o will_v always_o fear_v because_o of_o the_o wrong_n he_o have_v do_v she_o verse_n 18._o adonijah_n reign_v and_o now_o my_o lord_n the_o king_n thou_o know_v it_o not_o this_o last_o clause_n bathsheba_n add_v to_o let_v the_o king_n know_v that_o she_o do_v not_o tell_v he_o of_o adonijah_n reign_v as_o blame_v he_o for_o break_v his_o promise_n for_o she_o be_v full_o assure_v that_o he_o know_v nothing_o of_o it_o but_o only_a to_o make_v know_v the_o insufferable_a insolency_n of_o adonijah_n who_o dare_v attempt_v such_o a_o thing_n without_o his_o privity_n and_o that_o david_n may_v in_o time_n take_v some_o course_n to_o suppress_v he_o verse_n 20_o and_o thou_o my_o lord_n o_o king_n the_o eye_n of_o all_o israel_n be_v upon_o thou_o etc._n etc._n that_o david_n may_v not_o fear_v lest_o he_o shall_v not_o be_v able_a to_o oppose_v the_o faction_n of_o adonijah_n bathsheba_n seek_v to_o assure_v he_o that_o the_o people_n be_v general_o incline_v to_o yield_v to_o that_o which_o he_o shall_v determine_v herein_o and_o do_v wait_v to_o see_v which_o of_o his_o son_n he_o will_v appoint_v to_o sit_v in_o the_o throne_n after_o he_o or_o rather_o that_o he_o shall_v appear_v for_o solomon_n and_o make_v good_a what_o he_o have_v former_o declare_v concern_v he_o in_o a_o public_a assembly_n of_o the_o prince_n and_o elder_n of_o the_o people_n verse_n 21._o i_o and_o my_o son_n solomon_n shall_v be_v count_v offender_n that_o be_v i_o and_o my_o â—onne_n shall_v be_v charge_v for_o endeavour_v to_o have_v get_v the_o kingdom_n from_o adonijah_n to_o who_o of_o right_n it_o do_v belong_v and_o so_o for_o that_o shall_v suffer_v as_o offender_n verse_n 22._o while_o she_o yet_o talk_v with_o the_o king_n nathan_n the_o prophet_n also_o come_v in_o and_o so_o bathsheba_n go_v out_o for_o though_o that_o be_v not_o express_v here_o yet_o it_o be_v evident_o employ_v vers_fw-la 28._o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o when_o nathan_n have_v speak_v his_o mind_n david_n command_v that_o bathsheba_n shall_v be_v call_v in_o again_o verse_n 24._o my_o lord_n o_o king_n have_v thou_o say_v adonijah_n shall_v reign_v after_o i_o etc._n etc._n this_o he_o demand_v only_o to_o intimate_v that_o he_o very_o believe_v that_o what_o adonijah_n have_v do_v he_o have_v do_v without_o his_o allowance_n first_o because_o david_n be_v not_o wont_a to_o resolve_v any_o thing_n in_o such_o weighty_a affair_n without_o consult_v with_o he_o and_o second_o because_o he_o himself_o have_v bring_v that_o message_n to_o he_o from_o god_n concern_v solomon_n succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n verse_n 26_o and_o thy_o servant_n solomon_n have_v he_o not_o call_v thus_o she_o call_v her_o son_n by_o way_n of_o endear_n he_o to_o david_n to_o wit_n by_o intimate_v that_o he_o be_v willing_a to_o obey_v his_o father_n in_o all_o thing_n and_o seek_v not_o to_o wrest_v the_o kingdom_n away_o before_o he_o be_v dead_a as_o adonijah_n do_v verse_n 28._o and_o she_o come_v into_o the_o king_n presence_n and_o stand_v before_o the_o king_n and_o so_o nathan_n go_v out_o again_o as_o be_v also_o clear_o employ_v vers_fw-la 32._o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o when_o david_n have_v speak_v what_o he_o have_v to_o say_v to_o bathsheba_n he_o give_v order_n that_o nathan_n shall_v be_v call_v in_o again_o verse_n 29._o as_o the_o lord_n live_v that_o have_v redeem_v my_o soul_n out_o of_o all_o distress_n etc._n etc._n in_o renew_v his_o oath_n to_o bathsheba_n david_n mention_n the_o lord_n deliver_v he_o out_o of_o all_o distress_n as_o a_o engagement_n whereby_o he_o be_v bind_v to_o be_v careful_a of_o do_v what_o in_o god_n presence_n he_o have_v swear_v he_o will_v do_v verse_n 31._o let_v my_o lord_n king_n david_n live_v for_o ever_o this_o may_v be_v mean_v thus_o long_o may_v thou_o live_v here_o and_o for_o ever_o in_o the_o world_n to_o come_v but_o because_o this_o be_v a_o ordinary_a form_n of_o speech_n which_o they_o use_v to_o prince_n in_o those_o time_n not_o only_o among_o the_o israelite_n but_o also_o among_o other_o nation_n as_o we_o may_v see_v neh._n 2.3_o where_o nehemiah_n speak_v thus_o to_o artaxerxes_n let_v the_o king_n live_v for_o ever_o and_o dan._n 2.4_o then_o speak_v the_o chaldean_n to_o the_o king_n in_o syriack_n o_o king_n live_v for_o ever_o and_o so_o in_o many_o other_o place_n of_o that_o prophecy_n therefore_o many_o hold_n with_o good_a probability_n that_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o phrase_n of_o speech_n be_v only_o to_o imply_v that_o they_o desire_v the_o long_a life_n of_o their_o king_n and_o can_v be_v glad_a if_o it_o may_v be_v so_o that_o they_o may_v never_o loose_v he_o and_o this_o too_o bathsheba_n may_v at_o present_a say_v the_o rather_o to_o imply_v that_o she_o desire_v not_o her_o son_n solomon_n shall_v be_v present_o king_n but_o rather_o that_o king_n david_n may_v live_v to_o enjoy_v it_o himself_o many_o and_o many_o year_n but_o only_o that_o after_o his_o decease_n her_o son_n may_v then_o succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n verse_n 33._o take_v with_o you_o the_o servant_n of_o your_o lord_n that_o be_v my_o lifeguard_n to_o wit_n the_o cherethite_n and_o pelethites_n vers_fw-la 38._o and_o this_o david_n appoint_v partly_o for_o their_o better_a safeguard_n and_o partly_o by_o way_n of_o honour_v solomon_n as_o their_o new_a anoint_a king_n and_o cause_n solomon_n my_o son_n to_o ride_v upon_o my_o own_o mule_n and_o bring_v he_o down_o to_o gihen_n a_o river_n on_o the_o west_n or_o south-west_n of_o jerusalem_n which_o hezekiah_n bring_v straight_o down_o to_o the_o west_n side_n of_o the_o city_n of_o david_n 2._o chron._n 32.30_o and_o it_o be_v think_v to_o be_v the_o same_o that_o be_v elsewhere_o call_v siloe_n thither_o david_n will_v have_v solomon_n go_v to_o be_v anoint_v either_o because_o thence_o he_o may_v afterward_o enter_v the_o city_n with_o the_o more_o pomp_n and_o solemnity_n or_o else_o because_o it_o be_v not_o far_o from_o enrogel_a where_o adonijah_n and_o his_o confederate_n be_v meet_v and_o so_o it_o serve_v the_o better_a for_o their_o astonishment_n when_o they_o shall_v hear_v the_o noise_n make_v at_o solomon_n anoint_v or_o else_o that_o all_o man_n may_v perceive_v that_o david_n have_v now_o before_o his_o death_n appoint_v he_o to_o be_v anoint_v king_n in_o opposition_n to_o adonijah_n who_o have_v exalt_v himself_o to_o be_v king_n over_o israel_n verse_n 38._o and_o the_o cherethite_n and_o the_o pelethite_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n 2._o sam._n 8.18_o verse_n
and_o cast_v they_o off_o as_o he_o do_v those_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n for_o within_o a_o few_o year_n he_o bring_v they_o again_o into_o their_o own_o land_n verse_n 24._o and_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n bring_v man_n from_o babylon_n and_o from_o cuthah_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n shalmaneser_n vers_fw-la 3._o other_o colony_n be_v also_o afterward_o bring_v thither_o by_o esarhaddon_a the_o son_n of_o sennacherib_n ezra_n 4.2_o we_o seek_v your_o god_n as_o you_o do_v and_o we_o do_v sacrifice_n unto_o he_o since_o the_o day_n of_o esarhaddon_a king_n of_o ashur_n which_o bring_v we_o up_o hither_o but_o doubtless_o the_o first_o colony_n of_o these_o heathen_a people_n be_v bring_v up_o thither_o by_o shalmaneser_n who_o now_o carry_v away_o the_o israelite_n captive_n and_o transplant_v other_o nation_n in_o their_o room_n and_o these_o be_v they_o that_o after_o this_o time_n be_v call_v samaritan_n vers_fw-la 29._o betwixt_o who_o and_o the_o jew_n there_o be_v always_o a_o most_o deadly_a hatred_n luke_n 9.52_o and_o they_o send_v messenger_n before_o his_o face_n and_o they_o go_v and_o enter_v into_o a_o village_n of_o the_o samaritan_n to_o make_v ready_a for_o he_o and_o they_o do_v not_o receive_v he_o because_o his_o face_n be_v as_o though_o he_o will_v go_v to_o jerusalem_n john_n 4.9_o then_o say_v the_o woman_n of_o samaria_n unto_o he_o how_o be_v it_o that_o thou_o be_v a_o jew_n ask_v drink_v of_o i_o which_o be_o a_o woman_n of_o samaria_n for_o the_o jew_n have_v no_o deal_n with_o the_o samaritan_n verse_n 25._o and_o so_o it_o be_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o their_o dwell_n there_o that_o they_o fear_v not_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n they_o serve_v he_o not_o no_o not_o so_o much_o as_o with_o perform_v those_o outward_a duty_n of_o his_o worship_n and_o service_n which_o he_o have_v enjoin_v the_o israelite_n verse_n 26._o wherefore_o they_o speak_v to_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n by_o those_o messenger_n who_o with_o this_o message_n they_o have_v send_v to_o he_o see_v vers_fw-la 27._o verse_n 27._o carry_v thither_o one_o of_o the_o priest_n who_o you_o bring_v from_o thence_o and_o let_v they_o go_v and_o dwell_v there_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v let_v the_o messenger_n that_o be_v come_v to_o inform_v we_o how_o the_o lion_n have_v devour_v our_o new_a plantation_n in_o samaria_n go_v back_o with_o the_o priest_n that_o be_v assign_v to_o go_v with_o they_o and_o dwell_v there_o again_o as_o former_o yet_o some_o understand_v these_o word_n and_o let_v they_o go_v and_o dwell_v there_o of_o a_o new_a plantation_n that_o be_v to_o be_v send_v thither_o in_o stead_n of_o those_o that_o be_v devour_v by_o the_o lion_n which_o be_v happy_o that_o which_o go_v in_o the_o day_n of_o esarhaddon_a ezra_n 4.2_o verse_n 28._o then_o one_o of_o the_o priest_n who_o they_o have_v carry_v away_o from_o samaria_n come_z and_o dwell_v in_o beth-el_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v one_o of_o the_o israelite_n idolatrous_a priest_n even_o they_o pretend_v the_o worship_v of_o the_o lord_n jehovah_n the_o god_n of_o israel_n though_o under_o the_o image_n of_o the_o golden_a calf_n and_o doubtless_o do_v retain_v most_o of_o the_o ceremony_n and_o ordinance_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v teach_v his_o people_n and_o because_o in_o these_o thing_n he_o instruct_v these_o heathen_n therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o teach_v they_o how_o they_o shall_v fear_v the_o lord_n verse_n 32._o so_o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o worship_v the_o lord_n jehovah_n the_o god_n of_o the_o israelite_n after_o the_o manner_n they_o be_v teach_v by_o that_o idolatrous_a priest_n of_o israel_n which_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n have_v send_v to_o they_o and_o because_o this_o worship_n be_v in_o many_o thing_n according_a to_o the_o way_n of_o worship_n which_o god_n have_v prescribe_v his_o people_n and_o because_o they_o do_v it_o for_o fear_n of_o be_v destroy_v by_o lion_n as_o former_o they_o have_v be_v therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n yet_o withal_o because_o they_o do_v not_o true_o fear_v the_o lord_n but_o follow_v the_o way_n of_o jeroboam_n idolatry_n and_o withal_o worship_v their_o own_o assyrian_a god_n too_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v afterward_o also_o vers_fw-la 34._o that_o they_o fear_v not_o the_o lord_n verse_n 33._o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n and_o serve_v their_o own_o god_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o nation_n who_o they_o carry_v away_o from_o thence_o this_o last_o clause_n may_v be_v read_v as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o margin_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o nation_n who_o carry_v they_o away_o from_o thence_o and_o then_o the_o meaning_n must_v needs_o be_v that_o as_o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n jehovah_n the_o god_n of_o the_o israelite_n that_o be_v as_o they_o do_v outward_o serve_v he_o so_o they_o do_v also_o serve_v other_o false_a god_n as_o do_v the_o nation_n that_o have_v carry_v they_o away_o and_o plant_v they_o in_o the_o land_n of_o samaria_n but_o if_o we_o read_v it_o as_o it_o be_v in_o our_o bible_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o nation_n who_o they_o carry_v away_o from_o thence_o than_o the_o meaning_n may_v be_v either_o that_o these_o new_a colony_n in_o samaria_n serve_v both_o the_o lord_n jehovah_n and_o withal_o their_o own_o god_n each_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o several_a nation_n of_o who_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n have_v take_v some_o and_o carry_v they_o into_o the_o land_n of_o the_o israelite_n or_o else_o that_o these_o samaritan_n do_v fear_v the_o lord_n and_o serve_v their_o own_o god_n even_o as_o the_o idolatrous_a israelite_n that_o be_v there_o before_o they_o have_v do_v who_o the_o assyrian_n have_v carry_v away_o into_o captivity_n for_o the_o word_n nation_n may_v have_v reference_n to_o the_o idolatrous_a israelite_n as_o in_o respect_n of_o their_o several_a tribe_n or_o as_o joint_o consider_v with_o other_o border_a nation_n that_o be_v carry_v captive_a by_o the_o assyrian_n when_o the_o israelite_n be_v carry_v captive_a verse_n 34._o unto_o this_o day_n they_o do_v after_o the_o former_a manner_n etc._n etc._n all_o that_o follow_v from_o hence_o unto_o the_o end_n of_o the_o fourti_v verse_n may_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o israelite_n that_o be_v carry_v captive_a into_o assyria_n even_o after_o this_o heavy_a judgement_n they_o continue_v still_o obstinate_a and_o fear_v not_o the_o lord_n yet_o i_o see_v not_o but_o that_o it_o may_v be_v also_o understand_v of_o the_o samaritan_n and_o that_o to_o show_v that_o though_o they_o live_v in_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n yet_o they_o be_v far_o from_o do_v what_o god_n have_v require_v his_o israel_n to_o do_v chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o now_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o hoshea_n son_n of_o elah_n king_n of_o israel_n that_o hezekiah_n the_o son_n of_o ahaz_n king_n of_o judah_n begin_v to_o reign_v hoshea_n slay_v pekah_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o ahaz_n as_o be_v before_o note_v chap._n 15.30_o and_o though_o he_o be_v not_o immediate_o acknowledge_v king_n of_o israel_n yet_o in_o the_o twelve_o year_n of_o ahaz_n he_o begin_v his_o reign_n in_o israel_n chap._n 17.1_o and_o ahaz_n reign_v in_o all_o but_o sixteen_o year_n chap._n 16.2_o so_o that_o the_o last_o of_o ahaz_n his_o reign_n seem_v to_o have_v be_v the_o five_o year_n of_o hoshea_n and_o the_o first_o of_o hezekiah_n perhaps_o the_o sixth_o of_o hoshea_n and_o yet_o here_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o first_o of_o hezekiah_n be_v the_o three_o of_o hoshea_n i_o answer_v that_o though_o hoshea_n be_v confirm_v king_n in_o the_o twelve_o year_n of_o ahaz_n and_o so_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o twelve_o of_o ahaz_n he_o begin_v to_o reign_v in_o samaria_n yet_o because_o he_o reign_v then_o only_o as_o a_o viceroy_n under_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n the_o nine_o year_n of_o his_o absolute_a reign_n be_v not_o reckon_v till_o he_o cast_v off_o the_o assyrian_a yoke_n and_o take_v upon_o he_o to_o reign_v as_o absolute_a king_n which_o be_v it_o seem_v two_o year_n after_o to_o wit_n in_o the_o fourteen_o year_n of_o ahaz_n and_o so_o the_o three_o of_o hoshea_n be_v indeed_o the_o first_o of_o hezekiah_n verse_n 2._o twenty_o and_o five_o year_n old_a be_v he_o when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v and_o he_o reign_v twenty_o and_o nine_o year_n in_o jerusalem_n if_o we_o compare_v this_o place_n with_o chap._n 16.2_o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o ahaz_n hezekiahs_n father_n be_v twenty_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v and_o that_o he_o reign_v sixteen_o year_n and_o consequent_o be_v thirty_o six_o year_n old_a when_o
his_o servant_n jer._n 25.1.11_o which_o according_o come_v to_o pass_n for_o immediate_o after_o this_o nabuchadnezzar_n the_o second_o enter_v judea_n with_o a_o strong_a army_n besiege_v and_o force_v jerusalem_n and_o have_v jehoiakim_n in_o his_o power_n do_v at_o first_o intend_v to_o carry_v he_o to_o babylon_n 2._o chron._n 36.6_o but_o be_v at_o last_o entreat_v to_o leave_v he_o as_o his_o vassal_n take_v with_o he_o for_o pledge_n daniel_n be_v but_o yet_o a_o child_n with_o ananias_n misael_n and_o azarias_n with_o a_o great_a deal_n of_o the_o temple_n treasure_n nor_o need_v we_o stumble_v at_o it_o that_o this_o be_v say_v to_o have_v be_v do_v in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n dan._n 1.1_o whereas_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n be_v account_v the_o first_o of_o nabuchadnezzar_n jer._n 25.1_o the_o word_n that_o come_v to_o jeremiah_n concern_v all_o the_o people_n of_o judah_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n that_o be_v the_o first_o year_n of_o nebuchad-rezzar_a king_n of_o babylon_n since_o first_o the_o first_o year_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n may_v well_o concur_v with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n and_o again_o second_o perhaps_o as_o some_o hold_n nabuchadnezzar_n the_o second_o come_v first_o against_o judea_n while_o his_o father_n be_v yet_o live_v in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n and_o prevail_v against_o jehoiakim_n but_o return_v soon_o upon_o the_o report_n of_o necho_n the_o king_n of_o egypt_n preparation_n against_o he_o and_o especial_o upon_o the_o news_n of_o his_o father_n death_n that_o he_o may_v prevent_v all_o commotion_n at_o home_n in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n have_v first_o vanquish_v the_o force_n of_o the_o egyptian_n about_o the_o bank_n of_o euphrates_n jer._n 46.1_o 2._o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o come_v to_o jeremiah_n the_o prophet_n against_o the_o gentile_n against_o egypt_n against_o the_o army_n of_o pharaoh_n necho_n king_n of_o egypt_n which_o be_v by_o the_o river_n euphrates_n in_o charchemish_n which_o nebuchad-rezzar_a king_n of_o babylon_n smite_v in_o the_o four_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n he_o soon_o bring_v jehoiakim_n to_o acknowledge_v himself_o his_o vassal_n and_o tributary_n and_o so_o as_o it_o be_v say_v here_o jehoiakim_n become_v his_o servant_n three_o year_n to_o wit_n the_o five_o six_o and_o seven_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n the_o egyptian_a king_n can_v not_o like_v of_o this_o and_o therefore_o it_o seem_v begin_v to_o think_v of_o restore_v jehoahaz_n now_o prisoner_n in_o egypt_n and_o set_v he_o up_o as_o a_o domestical_a enemy_n against_o his_o ungrateful_a brother_n the_o rumour_n whereof_o when_o it_o come_v to_o judea_n though_o jeremiah_n prophesy_v that_o it_o shall_v prove_v idle_a jer_n 22.11_o 12._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n touch_v shallum_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n which_o reign_v in_o stead_n of_o josiah_n which_o go_v forth_o out_o of_o this_o place_n he_o shall_v not_o return_v thither_o any_o more_o but_o he_o shall_v die_v in_o the_o place_n whither_o they_o have_v lead_v he_o captive_a do_v much_o perplex_v they_o be_v now_o in_o danger_n both_o of_o the_o egyptian_n if_o they_o keep_v faith_n with_o the_o babylonian_n and_o of_o the_o babylonian_n if_o they_o shall_v revolt_v again_o to_o the_o egyptian_n and_o this_o i_o conceive_v may_v be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o fast_o keep_v in_o the_o five_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_v reign_v in_o the_o nine_o month_n jer._n 36_o 9_o at_o which_o time_n baruch_n send_v by_o jeremiah_n do_v public_o read_v the_o roll_n of_o jeremiahs_n pprophecy_n before_o all_o the_o people_n which_o be_v by_o the_o prince_n carry_v to_o jehoiakim_n he_o have_v hear_v part_n of_o it_o cut_v it_o in_o piece_n with_o a_o penknife_n and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o fire_n but_o at_o length_n to_o wit_n in_o the_o eight_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n which_o be_v the_o four_o of_o nabuchadnezzar_n hear_v of_o many_o glorious_a rumour_n of_o the_o egyptian_n preparation_n against_o the_o babylonian_n embolden_v hereby_o he_o renounce_v his_o subjection_n to_o the_o babylonian_a as_o be_v express_v here_o that_o he_o turn_v and_o rebel_v against_o he_o and_o so_o side_v with_o the_o egyptian_n again_o verse_n 2._o and_o the_o lord_n send_v against_o he_o band_n of_o the_o chaldee_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v nabuchadnezzar_n not_o without_o the_o special_a counsel_n of_o god_n come_v up_o against_o he_o and_o that_o as_o josephus_n say_v from_o that_o siege_n of_o tyre_n whereof_o the_o prophet_n speak_v ezek._n 26.7_o for_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n behold_v i_o will_v bring_v upon_o tyrus_n nebuchad-rezzar_a king_n of_o babylon_n a_o king_n of_o king_n from_o the_o north_n with_o chariot_n and_o with_o horse_n and_o company_n and_o much_o people_n and_o bring_v thence_o with_o he_o some_o part_n of_o his_o army_n consist_v of_o company_n and_o band_n of_o several_a nation_n he_o enter_v jerusalem_n and_o lay_v hold_v on_o jehoiakim_n and_o be_v enrage_v against_o he_o for_o his_o perfidiousness_n in_o revolt_a from_o he_o cause_v he_o to_o be_v slay_v and_o cast_v out_o into_o the_o field_n without_o jerusalem_n to_o be_v devour_v by_o bird_n and_o beast_n for_o so_o jeremy_n have_v prophesy_v it_o shall_v be_v jer._n 22.18_o 19_o therefore_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n concern_v jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n they_o shall_v not_o lament_v for_o he_o say_v ah_o my_o brother_n or_o ah_o sister_n they_o shall_v not_o lament_v for_o he_o say_v ah_o lord_n or_o ah_o his_o glory_n he_o shall_v be_v bury_v with_o the_o burial_n of_o a_o ass_n draw_v and_o cast_v forth_o beyond_o the_o gate_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o 36.30_o therefore_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n of_o jehoiakim_n king_n of_o judah_n he_o shall_v have_v none_o to_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n of_o david_n and_o his_o dead_a body_n shall_v be_v cast_v forth_o in_o the_o day_n to_o the_o heat_n and_o in_o the_o night_n to_o the_o frost_n this_o be_v the_o eleven_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n and_o so_o the_o seven_o year_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n three_o year_n after_o jehoiakim_v revolt_n for_o either_o the_o siege_n of_o tyre_n or_o some_o other_o occasion_n have_v hitherto_o detain_v nabuchadnezzar_n from_o come_v against_o he_o and_o hence_o it_o be_v we_o read_v of_o three_o thousand_o and_o three_o and_o twenty_o jew_n carry_v away_o by_o he_o in_o the_o seven_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n jer._n 52.28_o this_o be_v the_o people_n who_o nebuchad-rezzar_a carry_v away_o captive_a in_o the_o seven_o year_n three_o thousand_o and_o three_o and_o twenty_o jew_n verse_n 3._o sure_o at_o the_o commandment_n of_o the_o lord_n come_v this_o upon_o judah_n to_o remove_v they_o out_o of_o his_o sight_n for_o the_o sin_n of_o manasseh_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 23.26_o verse_n 6._o so_o jehoiakim_n sleep_v with_o his_o father_n and_o jehoiachin_n his_o son_n reign_v in_o his_o stead_n for_o when_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v slay_v jehoiakim_n as_o be_v before_o note_v and_o be_v return_v again_o into_o his_o own_o country_n it_o seem_v the_o people_n make_v this_o jehoiachin_n king_n in_o his_o stead_n who_o be_v also_o call_v jeconiah_n 1._o chron._n 3.16_o and_o coniah_n by_o way_n of_o contempt_n jer._n 22.24_o in_o the_o genealogy_n of_o christ_n matth._n 1.11_o jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n seem_v to_o be_v quite_o leave_v at_o least_o in_o our_o most_o usual_a translation_n for_o though_o in_o some_o few_o copy_n it_o be_v thus_o set_v down_o and_o josias_n beget_v jakim_n and_o jakim_n beget_v jechonias_n yet_o general_o in_o all_o other_o copy_n it_o run_v thus_o and_o josias_n beget_v jechonias_n and_o his_o brethren_n about_o the_o time_n they_o be_v carry_v away_o to_o babylon_n and_o after_o they_o be_v bring_v to_o babylon_n jechonias_n beget_v salathiel_n and_o for_o the_o resolve_v of_o this_o doubt_n many_o several_a answer_n be_v give_v by_o expositor_n but_o the_o most_o satisfy_v one_o i_o conceive_v be_v this_o to_o wit_n that_o jehoiakim_n the_o father_n be_v call_v jeconiah_n as_o well_o as_o jehoiachin_n the_o son_n and_o so_o whereas_o mat._n 1.11_o it_o be_v say_v that_o josias_n beget_v jechonias_n and_o his_o brethren_n that_o be_v mean_v of_o jehoiakim_n the_o son_n of_o josias_n who_o have_v many_o brethren_n whereas_o jehoiachin_n have_v none_o and_o then_o that_o which_o follow_v vers_fw-la 12._o and_o after_o they_o be_v bring_v to_o babylon_n jechonias_n beget_v salathiel_n that_o be_v mean_v of_o jehoiachin_n the_o son_n of_o jehoiakim_n and_o so_o the_o several_a generation_n of_o these_o king_n be_v full_o
by_o art_n and_o make_v they_o castle_n and_o put_v captain_n in_o they_o some_o of_o which_o be_v perhaps_o his_o son_n who_o he_o disperse_v unto_o every_o fence_a city_n throughout_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n vers_fw-la 23._o and_o he_o deal_v wise_o and_o disperse_v all_o his_o child_n throughout_o all_o the_o country_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n unto_o every_o fence_a city_n verse_n 12._o and_o in_o every_o city_n he_o put_v shield_n and_o spear_n that_o be_v weapons_z both_o for_o defence_n and_o offence_n verse_n 14._o for_o jeroboam_n and_o his_o son_n have_v cast_v they_o off_o from_o execute_v the_o priest_n office_n unto_o the_o lord_n to_o wit_n by_o forbid_v they_o to_o go_v up_o to_o jerusalem_n to_o execute_v the_o priest_n office_n in_o the_o temple_n as_o by_o the_o law_n they_o be_v enjoin_v and_o this_o be_v ascribe_v not_o only_o to_o jeroboam_n but_o also_o to_o his_o son_n because_o he_o use_v they_o as_o his_o instrument_n in_o restrain_v they_o from_o go_v up_o to_o sacrifice_v at_o the_o temple_n have_v happy_o give_v they_o the_o charge_n and_o command_v of_o the_o fence_a city_n as_o rehoboam_n do_v his_o son_n vers_fw-la 23._o verse_n 15._o and_o he_o ordain_v he_o priest_n for_o the_o high_a place_n and_o for_o the_o devil_n and_o for_o the_o calf_n which_o he_o have_v make_v hereby_o it_o appear_v that_o jeroboam_n set_v up_o other_o idol_n beside_o his_o golden_a calf_n in_o which_o he_o pretend_v the_o worship_n of_o the_o true_a god_n and_o why_o he_o say_v in_o they_o to_o have_v serve_v devil_n see_v levit._n 17.7_o verse_n 17._o so_o they_o strengthen_v the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n and_o make_v rehoboam_n the_o son_n of_o solomon_n strong_a three_o year_n that_o be_v by_o the_o access_n of_o these_o levite_n and_o other_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n be_v strengthen_v and_o so_o continue_v three_o year_n indeed_o till_o the_o five_o year_n shishak_n invade_v not_o the_o land_n of_o judah_n chap._n 12.2_o but_o in_o the_o four_o year_n they_o begin_v to_o corrupt_v themselves_o and_o because_o so_o soon_o as_o they_o forsake_v god_n god_n also_o forsake_v they_o therefore_o even_o then_o be_v they_o count_v as_o a_o weaken_a people_n their_o defence_n be_v then_o depart_v from_o they_o as_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o preparation_n which_o shishak_n immediate_o make_v against_o they_o for_o three_o year_n they_o walk_v in_o the_o way_n of_o david_n and_o solomon_n to_o wit_n before_o his_o fall_n and_o after_o his_o repentance_n for_o by_o this_o place_n among_o other_o it_o appear_v that_o solomon_n before_o his_o death_n repent_v he_o of_o his_o idolatry_n and_o turn_v unto_o the_o lord_n though_o he_o can_v not_o so_o soon_o purge_v the_o land_n of_o those_o idolatrous_a monument_n which_o himself_o have_v raise_v as_o it_o be_v with_o manasseh_n chap._n 33.18_o for_o it_o be_v not_o likely_a that_o the_o begin_n of_o rehoboam_n reign_n will_v have_v be_v david-like_a if_o solomon_n have_v die_v and_o leave_v the_o kingdom_n in_o so_o corrupt_a a_o condition_n yet_o some_o conceive_v that_o solomon_n be_v here_o join_v with_o david_n because_o himself_o continue_v incorrupt_a from_o idolatry_n though_o he_o suffer_v high_a place_n to_o be_v set_v up_o for_o his_o wife_n verse_n 18_o and_o rehoboam_n take_v he_o mahalath_n the_o daughter_n of_o jeremoth_n etc._n etc._n though_o rehoboam_n have_v eighteen_o wife_n vers_fw-la 21._o yet_o three_o of_o they_o only_o be_v express_v by_o name_n the_o three_o because_o he_o have_v by_o she_o abijah_n who_o succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n and_o the_o first_o two_o only_o to_o make_v way_n to_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o three_o because_o he_o marry_v they_o first_o and_o then_o afterward_o take_v the_o three_o to_o wife_n to_o wit_n maachah_n the_o daughter_n of_o abishalom_n the_o mother_n of_o abijah_n concern_v who_o see_v the_o note_n 1._o king_n 15.2_o verse_n 22._o and_o rehoboam_n make_v abijah_n the_o son_n of_o maachah_n the_o chief_a to_o be_v ruler_n among_o his_o brethren_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o give_v he_o the_o preeminency_n in_o all_o respect_n above_o his_o brethren_n as_o intend_v that_o he_o shall_v succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n now_o if_o he_o be_v not_o his_o elder_a son_n unless_o he_o have_v express_v direction_n for_o this_o from_o god_n it_o be_v doubtless_o against_o that_o law_n deut._n 21.15_o verse_n 23._o and_o he_o deal_v wise_o and_o disperse_v all_o his_o child_n throughout_o all_o the_o country_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n unto_o every_o fence_a city_n the_o wisdom_n and_o policy_n of_o rehoboam_n in_o disperse_v his_o other_o son_n into_o the_o several_a fence_a city_n in_o the_o out-skirt_n of_o his_o kingdom_n be_v this_o that_o hereby_o they_o be_v keep_v either_o from_o variance_n among_o themselves_o or_o from_o consult_v together_o against_o their_o brother_n abijah_n and_o perhaps_o under_o a_o pretence_n of_o honour_v they_o with_o the_o charge_n of_o those_o place_n be_v little_o better_a than_o prisoner_n there_o under_o the_o eye_n of_o some_o that_o be_v appoint_v to_o watch_v over_o they_o for_o indeed_o otherwise_o there_o will_v have_v be_v little_a policy_n in_o put_v the_o strong_a place_n of_o the_o kingdom_n into_o their_o hand_n to_o which_o purpose_n also_o it_o be_v as_o i_o conceive_v that_o the_o better_a to_o content_v they_o he_o allow_v they_o most_o liberal_a and_o princely_a maintenance_n in_o all_o regard_n which_o be_v employ_v in_o the_o follow_a clause_n he_o give_v they_o victual_n in_o abundance_n chap._n xii_o verse_n 1._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o rehoboam_n have_v establish_v the_o kingdom_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n for_o these_o two_o verse_n 1._o king_n 14.22_o and_o 25._o verse_n 7._o they_o humble_v themselves_o therefore_o i_o will_v not_o destroy_v they_o etc._n etc._n this_o humiliation_n of_o rehoboam_n and_o so_o it_o be_v likely_a of_o his_o prince_n too_o proceed_v only_o from_o a_o base_a slavish_a fear_n of_o the_o wrath_n that_o he_o see_v be_v come_v upon_o he_o and_o therefore_o it_o say_v after_o this_o that_o he_o do_v evil_a because_o he_o prepare_v not_o his_o heart_n to_o seek_v the_o lord_n yet_o so_o far_o do_v the_o lord_n regard_v this_o that_o he_o resolve_v so_o far_o or_o so_o long_a to_o deliver_v they_o that_o he_o will_v not_o now_o utter_o destroy_v jerusalem_n and_o the_o temple_n by_o the_o hand_n of_o shishak_n as_o he_o do_v afterward_o in_o a_o like_a case_n with_o ahab_n 1._o king_n 21.27_o concern_v which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o verse_n 8._o nevertheless_o they_o shall_v be_v his_o servant_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o shall_v become_v tributary_n to_o the_o king_n of_o egypt_n upon_o which_o condition_n it_o seem_v shishak_n render_v up_o to_o rehoboam_n the_o city_n which_o he_o have_v take_v that_o they_o may_v know_v my_o service_n say_v the_o lord_n and_o the_o service_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o country_n that_o be_v that_o they_o may_v know_v how_o much_o better_o it_o have_v be_v to_o have_v serve_v i_o then_o by_o sin_n to_o bring_v themselves_o into_o bondage_n to_o other_o nation_n which_o indeed_o they_o have_v cause_n to_o complain_v of_o as_o isaiah_n 26.13_o o_o lord_n other_o lord_n beside_o thou_o have_v have_v dominion_n over_o we_o verse_n 9_o so_o shishak_n king_n of_o egypt_n come_v up_o against_o jerusalem_n and_o take_v away_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n not_o the_o holy_a vessel_n but_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o king_n house_n which_o be_v yield_v it_o seem_v for_o the_o ransom_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o those_o other_o city_n which_o he_o have_v take_v verse_n 12._o and_o also_o in_o judah_n thing_n go_v well_o that_o be_v after_o this_o time_n thing_n begin_v again_o to_o prosper_v and_o go_v well_o with_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n but_o some_o read_v it_o as_o in_o the_o margin_n and_o yet_o in_o judah_n there_o be_v good_a thing_n and_o than_o it_o be_v add_v as_o another_o reason_n why_o god_n do_v not_o utter_o destroy_v jerusalem_n at_o this_o time_n to_o wit_n because_o there_o be_v some_o in_o judah_n that_o fear_v god_n and_o continue_v constant_a in_o that_o way_n of_o his_o worship_n which_o he_o have_v prescribe_v for_o that_o which_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 1._o that_o he_o forsake_v the_o law_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o all_o israel_n with_o he_o must_v be_v understand_v only_o of_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o people_n that_o all_o in_o a_o manner_n have_v corrupt_v themselves_o verse_n 15._o and_o there_o be_v war_n between_o rehoboam_n and_o jeroboam_n continual_o see_v 1_o king_n 12.24_o chap._n xiii_o verse_n 1._o now_o in_o the_o eighteen_o
persia_n above_o twenty_o year_n he_o give_v the_o jew_n liberty_n to_o return_v again_o into_o their_o own_o country_n we_o must_v know_v that_o nabuchadnezzar_n after_o the_o take_n of_o jerusalem_n have_v subdue_v all_o the_o nation_n round_o about_o as_o be_v prophesy_v of_o he_o yea_o even_a egypt_n among_o the_o rest_n the_o great_a and_o strong_a of_o all_o those_o border_a nation_n jer._n 25.9_o 10_o 11._o behold_v i_o will_v send_v and_o take_v all_o the_o family_n of_o the_o north_n say_v the_o lord_n and_o nebuchadrezzar_n the_o king_n of_o babylon_n my_o servant_n and_o will_v bring_v they_o against_o this_o land_n and_o against_o the_o inhabitant_n thereof_o and_o against_o all_o these_o nation_n round_o about_o etc._n etc._n and_o this_o whole_a land_n shall_v be_v a_o desolation_n and_o a_o astonishment_n and_o these_o nation_n shall_v serve_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n seventy_o year_n isa_n 20.4_o so_o shall_v the_o king_n of_o assyria_n lead_v away_o the_o egyptian_n prisoner_n and_o the_o ethiopian_n captives_z young_a and_o old_a naked_a and_o barefoot_a see_v also_o jer._n 43.10_o 11._o and_o 44.30_o and_o thus_o be_v the_o babylonian_a empire_n raise_v by_o nabuchadnezzar_n which_o he_o leave_v to_o evilmerodach_n his_o son_n and_o he_o to_o belshazzar_n his_o son_n according_a to_o that_o jer._n 27.7_o all_o nation_n shall_v serve_v he_o and_o his_o son_n and_o his_o son_n son_n but_o then_o in_o belshazzar_n time_n this_o great_a empire_n be_v ruin_v by_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n who_o besiege_v babylon_n take_v it_o and_o destroy_v it_o utter_o and_o slay_v belshazzar_n and_o so_o fulfil_v what_o be_v prophesy_v isa_n 47.1_o come_v down_o and_o sit_v in_o the_o dust_n o_o virgin_n daughter_n of_o babylon_n sit_v on_o the_o ground_n there_o be_v no_o throne_n o_o daughter_n of_o the_o chaldean_n etc._n etc._n and_o so_o jer._n 50.1_o 2_o 3._o and_o thus_o the_o empire_n be_v translate_v from_o the_o babylonian_n to_o the_o persian_n indeed_o in_o this_o war_n against_o babylon_n the_o mede_n have_v the_o chief_a stroke_n for_o darius_n medus_n or_o cyaxares_n do_v command_v in_o chief_a in_o this_o war_n and_o the_o army_n consist_v most_o of_o his_o people_n isa_n 13.17_o behold_v i_o will_v stir_v up_o the_o mede_n against_o they_o which_o shall_v not_o regard_v silver_n etc._n etc._n and_o jer._n 51.11_o the_o lord_n have_v raise_v up_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o mede_n for_o his_o device_n be_v against_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o therefore_o when_o balthasar_n or_o belshazzar_n be_v slay_v he_o be_v make_v king_n dan._n 5.30_o 31._o in_o that_o night_n be_v belshazzar_n the_o king_n of_o the_o chaldean_n slay_v and_o darius_n the_o median_a take_v the_o kingdom_n be_v about_o threescore_o and_o two_o year_n old_a but_o yet_o withal_o first_o because_o cyrus_n who_o be_v then_o absolute_a king_n of_o persia_n or_o viceroy_n thereof_o under_o darius_n the_o mede_n do_v join_v with_o darius_n in_o this_o expedition_n against_o babylon_n and_o by_o his_o valour_n and_o policy_n chief_o the_o city_n be_v take_v as_o be_v the_o man_n preordain_v and_o forename_a by_o god_n himself_o for_o this_o great_a action_n second_o because_o darius_n it_o seem_v stay_v not_o in_o babylon_n but_o return_v into_o media_n and_o leave_v cyrus_n as_o his_o viceroy_n in_o his_o room_n and_o three_o because_o darius_n who_o be_v cyrus_n his_o great_a uncle_n and_o as_o some_o think_v his_o father_n in_o law_n also_o live_v not_o full_a two_o year_n after_o but_o leave_v all_o to_o cyrus_n his_o heir_n therefore_o even_o from_o the_o first_o cyrus_n be_v esteem_v the_o monarch_n of_o those_o part_n and_o however_o in_o truth_n till_o the_o death_n of_o his_o uncle_n darius_n the_o mede_n he_o be_v absolute_a monarch_n but_o hold_v also_o under_o he_o as_o his_o viceroy_n as_o be_v evident_a dan._n 6.28_o this_o daniel_n prosper_v in_o the_o reign_n of_o darius_n and_o in_o the_o reign_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a yet_o the_o very_a first_o year_n after_o the_o conquest_n of_o babylon_n be_v reckon_v as_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n reign_n as_o we_o see_v here_o where_o it_o be_v say_v that_o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n god_n stir_v up_o his_o spirit_n to_o let_v the_o jew_n go_v home_o to_o their_o own_o country_n etc._n etc._n that_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n by_o the_o mouth_n of_o jeremiah_n may_v be_v fulfil_v to_o wit_n the_o promise_n concern_v the_o deliverance_n of_o the_o jew_n out_o of_o their_o captivity_n at_o the_o end_n of_o seventy_o year_n through_o the_o favour_n of_o cyrus_n jer._n 29.10_o after_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v at_o babylon_n i_o will_v visit_v you_o and_o perform_v my_o good_a word_n towards_o you_o in_o cause_v you_o to_o return_v this_o place_n verse_n 2._o thus_o say_v cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n the_o lord_n god_n of_o heaven_n have_v give_v i_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v that_o by_o daniel_n or_o some_o other_o of_o the_o jew_n that_o it_o be_v discover_v to_o cyrus_n that_o many_o year_n before_o the_o lord_n have_v tell_v they_o by_o his_o prophet_n that_o one_o cyrus_n shall_v vanquish_v babylon_n with_o other_o nation_n and_o then_o shall_v free_o deliver_v the_o jew_n out_o of_o their_o captivity_n and_o cause_v their_o city_n and_o temple_n to_o be_v again_o build_v all_o which_o for_o his_o better_a satisfaction_n they_o may_v show_v he_o in_o the_o writing_n of_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n isa_n 44.1_o 13._o and_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o he_o acknowledge_v that_o god_n have_v charge_v he_o to_o build_v the_o temple_n and_o confess_v that_o those_o kingdom_n which_o he_o have_v subdue_v be_v give_v he_o of_o god_n use_v these_o high_a term_n the_o lord_n god_n have_v give_v i_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n either_o out_o of_o a_o affectation_n of_o the_o universal_a monarchy_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n or_o out_o of_o a_o hyperbolical_a ostentation_n of_o the_o largeness_n of_o his_o empire_n to_o which_o all_o the_o kingdom_n in_o those_o part_n of_o the_o world_n be_v subdue_v according_a to_o those_o expression_n we_o meet_v with_o elsewhere_o luke_n 2.1_o there_o go_v out_o a_o decree_n from_o cesar_n augustus_n that_o all_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v tax_v and_o act_n 2.5_o and_o there_o be_v dwell_v at_o jerusalem_n jew_n devout_a man_n out_o of_o every_o nation_n verse_n 4._o and_o whosoever_o remain_v in_o any_o place_n where_o he_o sojourn_v let_v the_o man_n of_o his_o place_n help_v he_o with_o silver_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v whosoever_o abide_v as_o a_o stranger_n or_o sojourner_n in_o any_o place_n of_o my_o dominion_n and_o have_v a_o mind_n to_o go_v up_o to_o jerusalem_n let_v the_o man_n that_o dwell_v in_o that_o place_n furnish_v he_o with_o all_o provision_n requisite_a for_o his_o journey_n beside_o that_o which_o they_o shall_v send_v by_o they_o as_o a_o free-will-offering_a for_o the_o building_n or_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n the_o transport_v of_o silver_n and_o gold_n and_o other_o commodity_n be_v in_o many_o place_n severe_o forbid_v and_o so_o happy_o it_o be_v there_o the_o king_n therefore_o give_v licence_n to_o the_o jew_n by_o his_o proclamation_n for_o the_o carry_v away_o of_o these_o thing_n and_o withal_o encourage_v the_o people_n to_o afford_v they_o what_o help_v they_o can_v by_o let_v they_o know_v that_o his_o desire_n be_v they_o shall_v be_v plentiful_o furnish_v with_o all_o thing_n necessary_a verse_n 5._o then_o rise_v up_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o father_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n and_o the_o priest_n and_o the_o levite_n with_o all_o they_o who_o spirit_n god_n have_v raise_v to_o go_v up_o etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n both_o of_o these_o and_o the_o other_o tribe_n also_o some_o even_n of_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n go_v not_o as_o be_v well_o settle_v where_o they_o be_v and_o loath_a to_o remove_v or_o desirous_a to_o see_v first_o how_o these_o will_v speed_v but_o those_o who_o spirit_n god_n have_v stir_v up_o go_v not_o of_o these_o tribe_n only_o but_o of_o other_o also_o 1._o chron._n 9.3_o and_o in_o jerusalem_n dwell_v of_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n and_o of_o the_o child_n of_o benjamin_n and_o of_o the_o child_n of_o ephraim_n and_o manasseh_n and_o therefore_o some_o conceive_v that_o at_o this_o time_n that_o pprophecy_n of_o ezekiel_n be_v fulfil_v ezek._n 37.16_o 17.21_o 22._o son_n of_o man_n take_v thou_o one_o stick_v and_o write_v upon_o it_o for_o judah_n and_o for_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n his_o companion_n then_o take_v another_o stick_n and_o write_v upon_o it_o for_o joseph_n the_o stick_n of_o ephraim_n and_o for_o all_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n his_o
of_o the_o dedication_n of_o the_o temple_n be_v on_o this_o month_n 1._o king_n 8.2_o etc._n etc._n therefore_o the_o people_n have_v spend_v some_o time_n in_o settle_v their_o own_o domestical_a affair_n in_o the_o several_a town_n and_o city_n where_o they_o be_v to_o dwell_v at_o least_o the_o seven_o month_n approach_v they_o do_v unanimous_o assemble_v together_o unto_o jerusalem_n that_o they_o may_v build_v the_o altar_n and_o prepare_v for_o the_o keep_n of_o these_o solemnity_n verse_n 3._o and_o they_o set_v the_o altar_n upon_o his_o base_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o build_v the_o altar_n upon_o the_o foundation_n of_o solomon_n altar_n which_o be_v still_o stand_v and_o the_o reason_n of_o this_o be_v add_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n for_o fear_n be_v upon_o they_o because_o of_o the_o people_n of_o those_o country_n that_o be_v they_o lay_v not_o a_o new_a foundation_n for_o haste_n because_o they_o fear_v that_o if_o it_o be_v not_o soon_o dispatch_v they_o shall_v be_v hinder_v by_o the_o samaritan_n the_o neighbour_a inhabitant_n of_o that_o country_n who_o already_o it_o seem_v begin_v to_o threaten_v they_o and_o to_o bandy_v against_o they_o yet_o some_o conceive_v that_o in_o these_o word_n a_o reason_n be_v give_v not_o why_o they_o build_v the_o altar_n upon_o the_o old_a base_n or_o foundation_n of_o solomon_n altar_n but_o why_o they_o will_v not_o stay_v the_o build_n of_o the_o altar_n till_o the_o temple_n be_v build_v it_o be_v because_o they_o be_v afraid_a of_o the_o samaritan_n and_o so_o they_o hasten_v the_o build_n of_o the_o altar_n that_o by_o offer_v up_o sacrifice_n to_o god_n they_o may_v seek_v his_o favour_n and_o assistance_n against_o those_o their_o envious_a and_o malignant_a neighbour_n verse_n 4._o they_o keep_v also_o the_o feast_n of_o tabernacle_n etc._n etc._n with_o what_o extraordinary_a solemnity_n this_o feast_n be_v afterward_o keep_v we_o see_v neh._n 8.13.18_o verse_n 6._o from_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o seven_o month_n begin_v they_o to_o offer_v burn_v offering_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v the_o day_n appoint_v by_o the_o law_n for_o the_o feast_n of_o trumpet_n levit._fw-la 23.24_o in_o the_o seven_o month_n in_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o month_n shall_v you_o have_v a_o sabbath_n a_o memorial_n of_o blow_v of_o trumpet_n verse_n 9_o then_o stand_v joshua_n with_o his_o son_n and_o his_o brethren_n etc._n etc._n not_o the_o son_n of_o josedech_n the_o high_a priest_n but_o a_o levite_n of_o the_o same_o name_n of_o who_o mention_n be_v make_v before_o chap._n 2.40_o verse_n 11._o give_v thanks_o unto_o the_o lord_n because_o he_o be_v good_a for_o his_o mercy_n endure_v for_o ever_o towards_o israel_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n sing_v the_o 118._o or_o the_o 136._o psalm_n see_v 2._o chron._n 5.13_o and_o 7.3_o verse_n 12._o ancient_a man_n that_o have_v see_v the_o first_o house_n when_o the_o foundation_n of_o this_o house_n be_v lay_v before_o their_o eye_n weep_v with_o a_o loud_a voice_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n both_o because_o many_o of_o the_o holy_a thing_n that_o be_v in_o the_o former_a house_n be_v like_a to_o be_v want_v in_o this_o and_o especial_o because_o the_o glory_n of_o this_o build_n be_v not_o likely_a to_o equal_v the_o glory_n of_o the_o first_o which_o solomon_n build_v a_o shadow_n intimate_v the_o wear_n away_o of_o the_o legal_a ceremony_n yea_o thus_o it_o continue_v to_o be_v with_o the_o people_n when_o afterward_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n go_v forward_o in_o the_o day_n of_o darius_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o haggai_n the_o prophet_n who_o prophesy_v in_o the_o second_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o king_n hag._n 1.1_o do_v encourage_v and_o comfort_v the_o people_n with_o that_o promise_n hag._n 2.9_o the_o glory_n of_o this_o latter_a house_n shall_v be_v great_a than_o of_o the_o former_a which_o yet_o he_o mean_v not_o of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o build_n but_o of_o the_o glorious_a appearance_n of_o christ_n the_o promise_a messiah_n herein_o nor_o need_v it_o seem_v strange_a that_o some_o be_v now_o live_v that_o have_v see_v the_o former_a temple_n for_o that_o be_v destroy_v in_o the_o eleven_o year_n of_o the_o captivity_n 2._o king_n 25._o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v but_o threescore_o year_n after_o that_o when_o the_o foundation_n of_o this_o new_a house_n be_v lay_v chap._n iu._n verse_n 2._o then_o they_o come_v to_o zerubbabel_n and_o to_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o father_n and_o say_v unto_o they_o let_v we_o build_v with_o you_o etc._n etc._n this_o they_o do_v doubtless_o not_o out_o of_o any_o sincere_a desire_n to_o set_v forward_o the_o build_n or_o to_o advance_v the_o worship_n of_o god_n for_o these_o samaritan_n that_o speak_v this_o be_v always_o deadly_a enemy_n to_o the_o jew_n but_o either_o to_o curry_v favour_n with_o cyrus_n for_o because_o he_o now_o favour_v the_o jew_n and_o give_v way_n to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n therefore_o they_o will_v be_v as_o one_o people_n with_o they_o and_o approve_v it_o by_o join_v with_o they_o in_o this_o holy_a work_n or_o else_o out_o of_o hope_n that_o their_o people_n be_v mingle_v with_o the_o jew_n in_o this_o work_n there_o will_v some_o contention_n arise_v and_o so_o the_o work_n will_v be_v hinder_v yet_o to_o the_o end_n they_o may_v prevail_v with_o the_o jew_n they_o allege_v they_o serve_v and_o sacrifice_v to_o the_o true_a god_n of_o israel_n as_o indeed_o they_o pretend_v to_o do_v though_o withal_o they_o serve_v their_o idol-god_n too_o 2._o king_n 17.33_o they_o fear_v the_o lord_n and_o serve_v their_o own_o god_n even_o since_o the_o day_n of_o esarhaddon_n king_n of_o assur_n who_o be_v the_o son_n of_o shalmaneser_n and_o grandchild_n of_o sennacherib_n 2._o king_n 19.37_o and_o it_o seem_v bring_v a_o new_a colony_n of_o several_a nation_n into_o the_o land_n of_o samaria_n as_o his_o father_n have_v do_v before_o he_o verse_n 3._o you_o have_v nothing_o to_o do_v with_o we_o to_o build_v a_o house_n unto_o our_o god_n etc._n etc._n thus_o zerubbabel_n and_o the_o rest_n answer_v the_o samaritan_n because_o they_o be_v idolatour_n and_o neither_o be_v of_o the_o stock_n of_o israel_n nor_o do_v pure_o worship_v the_o god_n of_o israel_n therefore_o they_o protest_v against_o they_o that_o they_o have_v nothing_o to_o do_v with_o the_o temple_n to_o sacrifice_v there_o and_o so_o also_o not_o to_o join_v with_o they_o in_o the_o build_n of_o it_o allege_v withal_o that_o they_o will_v build_v it_o themselves_o as_o say_v they_o king_n cyrus_n the_o king_n of_o persia_n have_v command_v we_o wherein_o they_o give_v they_o to_o understand_v that_o the_o commission_n they_o have_v from_o the_o king_n do_v warrant_v they_o to_o do_v what_o they_o do_v verse_n 4._o then_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n weaken_v the_o hand_n of_o the_o people_n of_o judah_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v when_o samaritan_n can_v not_o by_o fraud_n accomplish_v their_o desire_n because_o the_o jew_n will_v not_o admit_v they_o to_o join_v with_o they_o in_o build_v the_o temple_n than_o they_o use_v other_o mean_n to_o hinder_v they_o in_o their_o work_n to_o wit_n partly_o by_o threaten_v they_o and_o by_o raise_v any_o false_a rumour_n that_o may_v discourage_v they_o and_o partly_o no_o doubt_n by_o use_v all_o mean_n that_o they_o may_v not_o have_v those_o material_n and_o money_n out_o of_o the_o king_n revenue_n which_o cyrus_n have_v command_v shall_v be_v give_v they_o for_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n chap._n 6.3_o 4._o verse_n 5._o and_o hire_a counselor_n against_o they_o to_o frustrate_v their_o purpose_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o samaritan_n do_v not_o only_o do_v what_o themselves_o can_v to_o hinder_v the_o jew_n in_o build_v the_o temple_n but_o by_o bribe_n also_o they_o secret_o hire_v such_o as_o be_v powerful_a with_o the_o king_n of_o persia_n to_o wit_n the_o deputy_n and_o governor_n in_o samaria_n and_o other_o province_n yea_o and_o those_o that_o be_v of_o his_o privy_a counsel_n in_o persia_n to_o advise_v the_o king_n by_o many_o false_a pretence_n and_o information_n to_o disannul_v that_o decree_n which_o have_v be_v make_v for_o the_o build_n of_o it_o and_o this_o they_o do_v all_o the_o day_n of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n even_o until_o the_o reign_n of_o darius_n king_n of_o persia_n that_o be_v all_o the_o day_n of_o cyrus_n and_o cambyses_n his_o son_n and_o smerdis_n the_o magus_n who_o a_o while_n usurp_v the_o kingdom_n after_o cambyses_n death_n unto_o the_o second_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o son_n of_o hystaspes_n when_o the_o work_n of_o the_o temple_n be_v again_o set_v forward_o vers_n 24._o so_o it_o cease_v unto_o the_o second_o year_n of_o
be_v many_o levite_n and_o iddo_n be_v the_o chief_a magistrate_n there_o or_o else_o they_o be_v train_v up_o in_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o law_n as_o in_o a_o college_n under_o iddo_n their_o chief_a doctor_n and_o precedent_n to_o desire_v he_o that_o he_o will_v send_v they_o certain_a levites_n to_o go_v up_o with_o he_o to_o jerusalem_n that_o they_o may_v assist_v he_o in_o that_o work_n which_o he_o have_v now_o undertake_v where_o this_o casiphia_n be_v we_o can_v say_v only_o this_o we_o may_v say_v that_o because_o these_o messenger_n go_v thither_o and_o come_v back_o with_o the_o levite_n and_o nethinims_n which_o iddo_n send_v he_o within_o the_o compass_n of_o so_o few_o day_n for_o ezra_n begin_v his_o journey_n upon_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n chap_n 7.9_o upon_o the_o first_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n begin_v he_o to_o go_v up_o from_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o go_v away_o from_o the_o river_n ahava_n on_o the_o twelve_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n as_o be_v express_v vers_fw-la 21._o then_o we_o depart_v from_o the_o river_n ahava_n on_o the_o twelve_o day_n of_o the_o first_o month_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o by_o casiphia_n be_v mean_v as_o some_o conceive_v the_o caspian_a mountain_n which_o be_v in_o the_o further_a part_n of_o media_n betwixt_o armenia_n and_o hyrcania_n verse_n 18._o they_o bring_v we_o a_o man_n of_o understanding_n of_o the_o son_n of_o mahli_n the_o son_n of_o levi_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o grandchild_n of_o levi_n exod._n 6.16.19_o verse_n 20._o also_o of_o the_o nethinim_n who_o david_n and_o the_o prince_n have_v appoint_v for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o levite_n etc._n etc._n because_o the_o gibeonite_n be_v appoint_v for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o levite_n by_o joshua_n long_o before_o david_n time_n and_o be_v thence_o call_v nethinims_n that_o be_v man_n give_v to_o god_n therefore_o some_o expositor_n conceive_v that_o david_n do_v add_v to_o the_o nethinim_n other_o that_o be_v not_o of_o the_o gibeonite_n but_o there_o be_v no_o necessity_n why_o we_o shall_v thus_o understand_v this_o place_n for_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o the_o gibeonite_n be_v those_o nethinim_n of_o who_o it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o david_n and_o the_o prince_n have_v appoint_v they_o for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o levite_n and_o that_o because_o though_o joshua_n do_v first_o design_n they_o to_o this_o service_n yet_o david_n do_v confirm_v they_o therein_o and_o perhaps_o give_v some_o special_a order_n for_o the_o manner_n of_o their_o attendance_n verse_n 24._o then_o i_o separate_v twelve_o of_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o priest_n sherebiah_n hashabiah_n and_o ten_o of_o their_o brethren_n with_o they_o that_o be_v together_o with_o twelve_o of_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o priest_n i_o separate_v twelve_o of_o the_o levite_n sherebiah_n hashabiah_n etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n the_o levite_n above_o mention_v vers_fw-la 18_o 19_o that_o be_v send_v from_o iddo_n and_o these_o be_v join_v with_o the_o priest_n in_o this_o care_n of_o take_v charge_n of_o these_o holy_a thing_n to_o see_v that_o nothing_o be_v lose_v by_o the_o way_n as_o they_o carry_v they_o from_o babylon_n to_o jerusalem_n chap._n ix_o verse_n 1._o the_o prince_n come_v to_o i_o say_v the_o people_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o priest_n and_o the_o levite_n have_v not_o separate_v themselves_o etc._n etc._n it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o the_o principal_a cause_n of_o ezraes_n come_n be_v to_o reform_v such_o abuse_n as_o be_v creep_v in_o among_o they_o contrary_a to_o the_o law_n some_o of_o the_o prince_n that_o be_v best_o affect_v come_v present_o to_o he_o and_o inform_v he_o of_o this_o as_o one_o of_o the_o most_o heinous_a evil_n tolerate_v among_o they_o to_o wit_n that_o not_o the_o people_n only_o but_o the_o prince_n also_o yea_o the_o priest_n and_o levite_n that_o can_v not_o pretend_v ignorance_n of_o the_o law_n have_v marry_v wife_n of_o those_o idolatrous_a nation_n their_o neighbour_n about_o they_o and_o so_o also_o be_v taint_v by_o that_o mean_n in_o many_o thing_n with_o their_o abomination_n some_o expositor_n conceive_v that_o this_o be_v do_v before_o their_o return_n out_o of_o babylon_n and_o indeed_o though_o these_o nation_n here_o mention_v the_o canaanite_n moabite_n ammonite_n etc._n etc._n dwell_v far_o from_o babylon_n yet_o we_o must_v consider_v that_o many_o of_o they_o be_v carry_v away_o by_o nabuchadnezzar_n as_o the_o jew_n be_v jerem._n 25.9_o behold_v i_o will_v send_v and_o take_v all_o the_o family_n of_o the_o north_n say_v the_o lord_n and_o nabuchadnezzar_n the_o king_n of_o babylon_n my_o servant_n and_o will_v bring_v they_o against_o this_o land_n and_o against_o all_o these_o nation_n round_o about_o but_o i_o rather_o think_v they_o have_v fall_v into_o this_o sin_n since_o their_o return_n from_o babylon_n be_v sore_o corrupt_v with_o a_o very_a little_a rest_n as_o exra_n impli_v in_o his_o prayer_n vers_fw-la 8_o 10._o however_o not_o only_o single_a person_n but_o even_o those_o that_o be_v marry_v offend_v herein_o to_o the_o great_a vexation_n of_o their_o former_a wife_n mal._n 2.11_o 13._o judah_n have_v profane_v the_o holiness_n of_o the_o lord_n which_o he_o love_v and_o have_v marry_v the_o daughter_n of_o a_o strange_a god_n and_o this_o have_v you_o do_v again_o cover_v the_o altar_n of_o the_o lord_n with_o tear_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o tear_n of_o their_o first_o wife_n and_o so_o far_o be_v this_o corruption_n spread_v at_o present_a that_o among_o other_o even_o the_o son_n of_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o jozadak_n be_v in_o the_o transgression_n chap._n 10.18_o and_o among_o the_o son_n of_o the_o priest_n there_o be_v find_v that_o have_v strange_a wife_n namely_o of_o the_o son_n of_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o jozadak_n verse_n 2._o the_o hand_n of_o the_o prince_n and_o ruler_n have_v be_v chief_a in_o this_o trespass_n that_o be_v they_o which_o shall_v have_v restrain_v the_o people_n from_o this_o wickedness_n have_v have_v the_o chief_a hand_n in_o it_o to_o wit_n as_o have_v be_v bold_a in_o this_o transgression_n and_o ringleader_n to_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n verse_n 3_o i_o rend_v my_o garment_n and_o my_o mantle_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v both_o the_o coat_n that_o be_v gird_v close_o to_o his_o body_n and_o the_o loose_a mantle_n which_o he_o wear_v over_o that_o and_o this_o doubtless_o be_v thus_o express_v to_o show_v how_o passionate_o grieve_a and_o offend_v he_o be_v to_o hear_v that_o his_o brethren_n have_v thus_o gross_o transgress_v the_o law_n of_o god_n concern_v this_o custom_n of_o rend_v their_o garment_n see_v gen._n 37.20_o verse_n 4._o then_o be_v assemble_v unto_o i_o every_o one_o that_o tremble_v at_o the_o word_n of_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n etc._n etc._n it_o seem_v the_o report_n be_v quick_o carry_v about_o how_o mighty_o ezra_n be_v afflict_v and_o displease_v when_o he_o hear_v how_o his_o brethren_n have_v take_v wife_n of_o the_o idolatrous_a nation_n so_o many_o of_o the_o godly_a inhabitant_n that_o hear_v of_o it_o be_v themselves_o afraid_a of_o the_o judgement_n of_o god_n threaten_v in_o his_o word_n come_v present_o in_o to_o he_o partly_o to_o comfort_v he_o and_o partly_o to_o advise_v with_o he_o what_o be_v fit_a to_o be_v do_v which_o be_v the_o rather_o here_o insert_v to_o make_v way_n to_o that_o which_o follow_v which_o be_v add_v yet_o further_o to_o set_v forth_o how_o mighty_o he_o be_v trouble_v with_o these_o tiding_n and_o i_o sit_v astonish_v until_o the_o evening_n sacrifice_n though_o the_o brethren_n come_v in_o it_o be_v like_a to_o comfort_v he_o yet_o neither_o there_o presence_n nor_o any_o thing_n they_o can_v say_v do_v any_o whit_n move_v he_o but_o till_o the_o evening_n sacrifice_v there_o he_o sit_v among_o they_o like_o one_o that_o have_v neither_o life_n nor_o soul_n in_o he_o so_o overwhelm_v he_o be_v with_o grief_n and_o astonishment_n at_o that_o which_o have_v be_v tell_v he_o verse_n 5._o have_v rend_v my_o garment_n and_o my_o mantle_n i_o fall_v upon_o my_o knee_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v have_v before_o rend_v my_o garment_n vers_fw-la 3._o in_o that_o sad_a plight_n i_o fall_v down_o upon_o my_o knee_n before_o the_o people_n and_o pray_v unto_o the_o lord_n verse_n 6._o our_o iniquity_n be_v increase_v over_o our_o head_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v they_o be_v innumerable_a we_o be_v even_o drown_v over_o head_n and_o ear_n in_o sin_n the_o expression_n be_v much_o like_o that_o psalm_n 38.4_o my_o iniquity_n be_v go_v over_o my_o head_n and_o to_o the_o same_o purpose_n be_v the_o next_o clause_n also_o and_o our_o trespass_n be_v
israelite_n that_o behold_v they_o all_o thus_o joint_o together_o we_o may_v be_v the_o more_o affect_v with_o the_o consideration_n of_o god_n goodness_n and_o faithfulness_n towards_o his_o people_n from_o the_o river_n arnon_n unto_o mount_n hermon_n and_o all_o the_o plain_a on_o the_o east_n this_o be_v the_o length_n of_o the_o country_n on_o the_o outside_n of_o jordan_n it_o reach_v from_o the_o river_n arnon_n where_o it_o run_v into_o the_o dead_a sea_n unto_o mount_n hermon_n verse_n 2._o and_o from_o half_a gilead_n unto_o the_o river_n jabbok_n etc._n etc._n for_o the_o other_o half_a of_o gilead_n be_v possess_v by_o og_n as_o we_o may_v see_v vers_fw-la 5._o see_v the_o note_n also_o upon_o num._n 32.40_o verse_n 9_o the_o king_n of_o ai_fw-fr which_o be_v beside_o bethel_n one_o this_o clause_n which_o be_v add_v concern_v the_o city_n of_o ai_fw-fr that_o it_o be_v nigh_o unto_o bethel_n be_v to_o distinguish_v it_o from_o another_o city_n of_o the_o same_o name_n in_o the_o country_n of_o the_o amorites_n whereof_o the_o prophet_n jeremy_n speak_v jer._n 49.3_o howl_v o_o hesbon_n for_o a_z be_v spoil_v verse_n 23._o the_o king_n of_o the_o nation_n of_o gilgal_n one_o this_o can_v be_v that_o gilgal_n where_o the_o israelite_n pitch_v their_o tent_n immediate_o after_o they_o have_v pass_v over_o jordan_n for_o there_o be_v no_o city_n that_o have_v a_o king_n reign_v in_o it_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v probable_o conjecture_v by_o many_o expositor_n that_o this_o be_v some_o city_n of_o that_o name_n in_o that_o part_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n which_o be_v call_v galilee_n yea_o and_o galilee_n of_o nation_n esa_n 9.1_o as_o this_o gilgal_n be_v here_o call_v gilgal_n of_o nation_n to_o wit_n because_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o this_o place_n be_v a_o mix_a people_n of_o several_a nation_n or_o because_o be_v a_o place_n of_o great_a trade_n many_o several_a nation_n resort_v thither_o for_o commerce_n and_o so_o continue_v there_o often_o for_o many_o year_n together_o some_o be_v of_o opinion_n that_o tidal_a gen._n 14.1_o who_o be_v one_o of_o those_o king_n that_o fight_v against_o sodom_n be_v king_n of_o this_o country_n chap._n xiii_o verse_n 1._o now_o joshua_n be_v old_a and_o strike_v in_o year_n and_o the_o lord_n say_v unto_o he_o thou_o be_v old_a etc._n etc._n god_n have_v promise_v that_o joshua_n shall_v divide_v this_o land_n unto_o the_o people_n chap._n 1.6_o be_v strong_a and_o of_o a_o good_a courage_n for_o unto_o this_o people_n shall_v thou_o divide_v for_o a_o inheritance_n the_o land_n which_o i_o swear_v unto_o their_o father_n to_o give_v they_o and_o herein_o be_v he_o a_o type_n of_o christ_n who_o have_v vanquish_v all_o our_o enemy_n be_v now_o ascend_v up_o into_o heaven_n to_o prepare_v a_o place_n for_o we_o john_n 14.2_o in_o my_o father_n house_n be_v many_o mansion_n if_o it_o be_v not_o so_o i_o will_v have_v tell_v you_o i_o go_v to_o prepare_v a_o place_n for_o you_o he_o therefore_o be_v now_o old_a god_n call_v upon_o he_o to_o dispatch_v this_o work_n before_o he_o die_v and_o not_o to_o defer_v it_o till_o they_o be_v possess_v of_o all_o as_o happy_o he_o think_v he_o must_v have_v do_v verse_n 2._o this_o be_v the_o land_n that_o still_o remain_v all_o the_o border_n of_o the_o philistine_n and_o all_o geshuri_n the_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n lay_v along_o the_o coast_n of_o the_o midland_n sea_n and_o the_o land_n of_o geshuri_n be_v on_o the_o north_n part_n of_o canaan_n verse_n 3._o from_o sihor_n which_o be_v before_o egypt_n even_o unto_o the_o border_n of_o ekron_n northward_o which_o be_v count_v to_o the_o canaanite_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v this_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n belong_v to_o canaan_n &_o consequent_o to_o the_o israelite_n though_o as_o yet_o they_o have_v not_o take_v it_o for_o the_o philistine_n call_v caphtorims_n because_o thence_o they_o come_v amos_n 9.7_o have_v not_o i_o bring_v up_o israel_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n and_o the_o philistine_n from_o caphtor_n enter_v upon_o this_o part_n of_o canaan_n drive_v out_o the_o old_a inhabitant_n and_o dwell_v in_o it_o themselves_o deut._n 2.23_o the_o avim_n which_o dwell_v in_o hazerim_n even_o unto_o azzah_n the_o caphtorim_n which_o come_v forth_o out_o of_o caphtor_n destroy_v they_o and_o dwell_v in_o their_o stead_n concern_v sihor_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o num._n 34.30_o also_o the_o avite_n or_o the_o avim_n deut._n 2.23_o who_o be_v expel_v out_o of_o their_o land_n by_o the_o philistine_n as_o be_v above_o note_v do_v yet_o it_o seem_v continue_v in_o some_o portion_n of_o their_o land_n adjoin_v to_o the_o philistine_n verse_n 4._o from_o the_o south_n all_o the_o land_n of_o the_o canaanite_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v as_o this_o land_n of_o the_o philistine_n which_o lie_v at_o the_o south_n end_n of_o the_o seacoast_n so_o also_o all_o the_o land_n of_o the_o canaanite_n from_o thence_o along_o the_o seacoast_n be_v not_o yet_o possess_v by_o the_o israelite_n even_o mearah_n or_o the_o cave_n that_o be_v beside_o the_o sidonian_n and_o aphek_n a_o town_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n not_o far_o from_o sidon_n and_o so_o to_o the_o border_n of_o the_o amorites_n for_o there_o be_v amorites_n on_o both_o side_n of_o jordan_n there_o be_v a_o town_n indeed_o call_v aphek_n who_o king_n be_v slay_v by_o joshua_n chap._n 12.18_o but_o this_o it_o seem_v be_v not_o that_o but_o another_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n call_v aphik_n judge_n 1.31_o verse_n 5._o and_o the_o land_n of_o the_o giblites_n and_o all_o lebanon_n towards_o the_o sun_n rise_v etc._n etc._n the_o giblites_n be_v a_o people_n who_o inhabit_v gebel_n psal_n 83.7_o a_o promontory_a near_o sidon_n all_o their_o country_n and_o all_o lebanon_n etc._n etc._n be_v not_o yet_o subdue_v for_o now_o he_o turn_v to_o the_o midland_n sea_n to_o show_v what_o lie_v unvanquished_a on_o the_o northern_a bound_n to_o wit_n the_o country_n about_o libanus_n and_o so_o eastern_o as_o far_o as_o hamath_n where_o even_o in_o david_n time_n there_o be_v a_o canaanitish_a king_n 2._o sam._n 8.9_o verse_n 6._o they_o will_v i_o drive_v out_o before_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n this_o promise_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v conditional_o if_o they_o shall_v continue_v faithful_a in_o keep_v covenant_n with_o he_o wherein_o fail_v they_o never_o come_v to_o possess_v they_o though_o in_o david_n and_o solomon_n time_n they_o become_v tributary_n unto_o they_o only_o divide_v thou_o it_o by_o lot_n unto_o the_o israelite_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v even_o that_o land_n before_o speak_v of_o not_o yet_o conquer_v which_o god_n enjoin_v to_o strengthen_v their_o faith_n and_o that_o have_v it_o in_o their_o charter_n from_o god_n this_o may_v be_v a_o spur_n to_o they_o in_o future_a time_n not_o to_o neglect_v the_o seek_n of_o it_o and_o drive_v out_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o nation_n see_v the_o note_n upon_o num._n 26.53_o verse_n 8._o with_o who_o the_o reubenites_n and_o the_o gadite_n have_v receive_v their_o inheritance_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v with_o which_o tribe_n of_o manasseh_n to_o wit_n the_o other_o half_o of_o they_o the_o reubenites_n and_o the_o gadite_n have_v already_o receive_v their_o inheritance_n without_o jordan_n for_o these_o word_n be_v add_v to_o show_v the_o reason_n why_o in_o the_o forego_n verse_n joshua_n be_v command_v to_o divide_v the_o land_n within_o jordan_n to_o the_o nine_o tribe_n and_o the_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n to_o wit_n because_o the_o reubenites_n and_o the_o gadite_n have_v already_o receive_v their_o inheritance_n together_o with_o the_o other_o half_a of_o the_o manassites_n in_o the_o land_n without_o jordan_n which_o moses_n have_v give_v they_o and_o though_o there_o may_v seem_v to_o be_v a_o tautology_n or_o a_o vain_a repetition_n of_o the_o same_o thing_n in_o the_o follow_a word_n which_o moses_n give_v they_o even_o as_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n give_v they_o yet_o if_o the_o word_n be_v well_o weigh_v we_o shall_v find_v it_o be_v not_o so_o for_o that_o second_o clause_n even_o as_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n give_v they_o be_v add_v as_o it_o be_v to_o imply_v the_o just_a confirm_v of_o the_o former_a donation_n now_o by_o joshua_n and_o the_o rest_n that_o now_o divide_v the_o land_n as_o if_o it_o have_v be_v say_v they_o have_v already_o receive_v their_o inheritance_n which_o moses_n give_v they_o beyond_o jordan_n as_o be_v fit_v because_o moses_n the_o servant_n of_o the_o lord_n do_v so_o order_v it_o verse_n 9_o from_o aroer_n that_o be_v upon_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o river_n arnon_n etc._n etc._n here_o first_o the_o whole_a land_n without_o
shamgar_a the_o son_n of_o anath_n therefore_o it_o be_v common_o hold_v that_o he_o be_v the_o next_o judge_n after_o ehud_n only_o they_o say_v it_o be_v but_o for_o a_o very_a short_a time_n and_o thence_o it_o be_v that_o there_o be_v no_o mention_n of_o the_o land_n rest_v under_o he_o and_o the_o story_n of_o deborah_n in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n begin_v as_o if_o she_o be_v the_o next_o after_o ehud_n there_o be_v no_o mention_n make_v there_o of_o shamgar_n at_o all_o vers_n 1._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n do_v evil_a in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n when_o ehud_n be_v dead_a however_o this_o miraculous_a deliverence_n which_o he_o wrought_v for_o the_o israelite_n be_v certain_o after_o ehud_n death_n for_o then_o it_o seem_v the_o people_n return_v to_o their_o former_a sin_n and_o the_o lord_n suffer_v the_o philistine_n thereupon_o to_o invade_v the_o land_n but_o then_o he_o also_o deliver_v they_o miraculous_o by_o this_o worthy_a till_o find_v that_o they_o will_v not_o be_v warn_v by_o these_o thing_n he_o sell_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o jabin_n as_o it_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n chap._n iu._n verse_n 1._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n again_o do_v evil_a in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n when_o ehud_n be_v dead_a in_o none_o of_o the_o judge_n day_n do_v the_o israelite_n enjoy_v so_o long_a a_o peace_n as_o in_o the_o day_n of_o ehud_n as_o be_v evident_a in_o that_o clause_n however_o we_o understand_v it_o chap._n 3.30_o moab_n be_v subdue_v under_o the_o hand_n of_o israel_n and_o the_o land_n have_v rest_v fourscore_o year_n and_o here_o we_o see_v what_o effect_n this_o long_a peace_n wrought_v among_o they_o and_o how_o ill_o they_o requite_v the_o lord_n for_o so_o great_a a_o mercy_n even_o as_o stand_a water_n be_v wont_a to_o putrify_v so_o they_o be_v corrupt_v by_o their_o long_a peace_n and_o by_o degree_n fall_v off_o from_o god_n as_o they_o have_v former_o do_v verse_n 2._o and_o the_o lord_n sell_v they_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o jabin_n king_n of_o canaan_n that_o reign_v in_o hazor_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 2.14_o there_o be_v a_o jabin_n that_o reign_v in_o hazor_n former_o who_o it_o be_v likely_a be_v call_v as_o this_o be_v here_o king_n of_o canaan_n for_o hazor_n be_v there_o say_v to_o be_v the_o head_n of_o all_o the_o neighbour_a kingdom_n josh_n 11.10_o the_o same_o who_o be_v the_o chief_n in_o that_o confederacy_n against_o joshua_n joshua_n 11.1_o but_o he_o be_v slay_v by_o joshua_n and_o his_o city_n burn_v with_o fire_n josh_n 11.11_o it_o seem_v therefore_o that_o this_o be_v some_o one_o of_o that_o stock_n who_o afterward_o recover_v from_o the_o israelite_n that_o part_n of_o the_o land_n and_o repair_v the_o city_n hazor_n and_o so_o reign_v there_o again_o as_o his_o predecessor_n have_v do_v when_o this_o be_v do_v we_o can_v say_v but_o doubtless_o it_o be_v not_o in_o joshuas_n time_n as_o some_o think_v for_o it_o be_v not_o to_o be_v think_v that_o the_o lord_n ever_o suffer_v the_o canaanite_n to_o recover_v any_o part_n of_o the_o land_n which_o the_o israelite_n have_v take_v from_o they_o till_o they_o by_o their_o sin_n have_v provoke_v the_o lord_n to_o anger_v against_o they_o but_o now_o at_o last_o not_o content_v with_o his_o own_o kingdom_n it_o seem_v he_o make_v war_n with_o the_o israelite_n in_o general_a bring_v they_o into_o bondage_n and_o no_o doubt_n oppress_v they_o the_o more_o cruel_o in_o revenge_n of_o that_o joshua_n have_v do_v to_o hazor_n and_o jabin_n king_n thereof_o josh_n 11.11_o who_o perhaps_o be_v his_o father_n or_o grandfather_n and_o beside_o it_o must_v needs_o be_v most_o terrible_a to_o the_o israelite_n to_o be_v oppress_v by_o the_o canaanite_n of_o all_o other_o nation_n because_o god_n have_v promise_v to_o cast_v they_o out_o before_o the_o israelite_n so_o that_o their_o prevail_a over_o they_o be_v in_o a_o special_a manner_n a_o sign_n that_o god_n have_v cast_v they_o off_o the_o captain_n of_o who_o host_n be_v sisera_n which_o dwell_v in_o harosheth_n of_o the_o gentile_n so_o call_v as_o it_o be_v probable_o think_v because_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o israelite_n prevail_v against_o the_o several_a nation_n of_o the_o canaanite_n many_o of_o they_o flee_v thither_o as_o to_o a_o place_n of_o great_a strength_n and_o there_o fortify_v themselves_o unto_o this_o time_n or_o else_o for_o the_o reason_n give_v in_o a_o like_a case_n josh_n 12.23_o verse_n 3._o for_o he_o have_v nine_o hundred_o chariot_n of_o iron_n and_o twenty_o year_n he_o mighty_o oppress_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n concern_v these_o chariot_n of_o iron_n see_v the_o note_n josh_n 17.16_o this_o clause_n and_o he_o mighty_o oppress_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n be_v not_o where_o else_o insert_v where_o mention_n be_v make_v of_o the_o bondage_n of_o israel_n under_o other_o king_n and_o therefore_o it_o seem_v this_o king_n do_v far_o more_o cruel_o oppress_v they_o then_o the_o rest_n have_v do_v which_o may_v be_v partly_o from_o the_o deadly_a hatred_n which_o the_o canaanite_n above_o other_o nation_n do_v bear_v to_o the_o israelite_n because_o the_o israelite_n have_v take_v their_o land_n from_o they_o and_o partly_o from_o the_o just_a vengeance_n of_o god_n upon_o the_o israelite_n because_o god_n have_v afford_v they_o so_o long_o a_o peace_n in_o the_o day_n of_o ehud_n chap._n 3.30_o and_o they_o have_v make_v so_o ill_a a_o use_n of_o his_o long-suffering_a and_o goodness_n therein_o see_v the_o note_n also_o chap._n 3.14_o verse_n 4._o and_o deborah_n a_o prophetess_n etc._n etc._n a_o woman_n the_o weak_a sex_n that_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o work_n may_v be_v give_v to_o god_n and_o not_o to_o the_o instrument_n he_o use_v verse_n 6._o and_o she_o send_v and_o call_v barak_n the_o son_n of_o abinoam_n out_o of_o kedesh-naphtali_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v kedesh_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o naphtali_n to_o distinguish_v it_o from_o other_o town_n of_o the_o same_o name_n in_o other_o tribe_n as_o kedesh_n in_o issachar_n 1._o chron._n 6.72_o kedesh_n in_o judah_n josh_n 15.23_o and_o other_o now_o deborah_n do_v thus_o send_v for_o barak_n not_o of_o her_o own_o head_n choose_v he_o as_o a_o man_n of_o eminency_n for_o the_o undertake_n of_o the_o service_n but_o by_o special_a direction_n from_o god_n as_o the_o word_n she_o speak_v to_o barak_n when_o he_o come_v to_o she_o do_v imply_v have_v not_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o israel_n command_v say_v go_v and_o draw_v towards_o mount_n tabor_n &_o c_o deborah_n be_v a_o prophetess_n and_o therefore_o no_o doubt_n god_n have_v reveal_v unto_o she_o that_o which_o now_o she_o impart_v to_o barak_n to_o wit_n either_o by_o secret_a instinct_n of_o his_o spirit_n or_o perhaps_o by_o the_o ministry_n of_o a_o angel_n for_o that_o some_o angel_n do_v appear_v to_o she_o either_o before_o or_o after_o the_o battle_n which_o they_o fight_v with_o sisera_n seem_v evident_a in_o that_o clause_n of_o deborahs_n song_n chap._n 5.26_o curse_v you_o meroz_n say_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o lord_n curse_v you_o bitter_o the_o inhabitant_n thereof_o and_o take_v with_o thou_o ten_o thousand_o man_n of_o the_o child_n of_o naphtali_n and_o of_o the_o child_n of_o zebulun_n to_o wit_n first_o because_o they_o be_v near_a at_o hand_n second_o because_o naphtali_n be_v likely_a to_o be_v the_o forward_a in_o this_o work_n because_o barak_n be_v of_o that_o tribe_n and_o they_o be_v most_o oppress_v hazor_n and_o harosheth_n be_v both_o in_o their_o tribe_n verse_n 8._o and_o barak_n say_v unto_o she_o if_o thou_o will_v go_v with_o i_o than_o i_o will_v go_v etc._n etc._n barak_n no_o doubt_n believe_v what_o deborah_n have_v tell_v he_o in_o the_o forego_n word_n as_o from_o the_o lord_n namely_o that_o sisera_n shall_v be_v vanquish_v by_o he_o and_o therefore_o we_o see_v that_o he_o be_v willing_a to_o hazard_v his_o life_n and_o all_o that_o he_o have_v in_o rise_v against_o this_o mighty_a king_n that_o have_v bring_v the_o israelite_n into_o bondage_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o barak_n be_v commend_v for_o his_o faith_n by_o s._n paul_n and_o reckon_v among_o those_o who_o through_o faith_n subdue_v kingdom_n heb._n 11.32_o 33._o but_o why_o then_o do_v he_o refuse_v to_o undertake_v the_o service_n enjoin_v he_o unless_o deborah_n will_v go_v along_o with_o he_o i_o answer_v partly_o because_o he_o consider_v that_o deborah_n be_v a_o prophetess_n he_o shall_v have_v a_o great_a advantage_n in_o have_v she_o with_o he_o to_o pray_v for_o they_o to_o give_v they_o counsel_n and_o to_o advise_v they_o what_o to_o do_v upon_o every_o occasion_n but_o partly_o also_o no_o
the_o word_n must_v be_v that_o in_o those_o day_n there_o be_v no_o king_n in_o israel_n that_o be_v no_o supreme_a magistrate_n arm_v with_o such_o sovereign_a authority_n to_o punish_v offender_n that_o transgress_v the_o law_n as_o the_o king_n afterward_o have_v the_o judge_n rather_o govern_v the_o people_n by_o counsel_n show_v they_o what_o be_v the_o law_n and_o will_n of_o god_n then_o by_o the_o sword_n of_o justice_n at_o least_o in_o those_o time_n of_o the_o judge_n when_o they_o be_v in_o subjection_n to_o those_o neighbour_a nation_n that_o tyrannize_v over_o they_o verse_n 7._o and_o there_o be_v a_o young_a man_n out_o of_o bethlehem-judah_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v bethlehem_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n which_o be_v call_v bethlehem_n ephratah_n mich._n 5.2_o to_o distinguish_v it_o from_o that_o bethlehem_n which_o be_v in_o the_o tribe_n of_o zebulun_n josh_n 19.15_o but_o why_o be_v it_o say_v in_o the_o next_o word_n that_o he_o be_v a_o levite_n and_o yet_o withal_o too_o of_o the_o family_n of_o judah_n i_o answer_v because_o though_o he_o be_v a_o levite_n yet_o he_o be_v bear_v and_o breed_v up_o among_o they_o of_o the_o family_n of_o judah_n it_o may_v be_v true_a which_o some_o conceive_v that_o his_o father_n be_v a_o levite_n and_o sojourn_v there_o marry_v a_o wife_n of_o the_o family_n of_o judah_n but_o it_o be_v not_o usual_a in_o scripture_n to_o style_v man_n by_o the_o mother_n family_n and_o therefore_o the_o meaning_n be_v that_o there_o he_o have_v his_o birth_n and_o breed_n for_o which_o cause_n he_o be_v also_o say_v to_o have_v sojourn_v there_o because_o he_o be_v not_o of_o that_o tribe_n neither_o be_v bethlehem_n one_o of_o the_o levite_n city_n but_o there_o he_o live_v as_o a_o stranger_n as_o the_o levite_n it_o seem_v do_v in_o many_o other_o place_n afterward_o his_o name_n be_v express_v and_o of_o what_o family_n he_o be_v to_o wit_n that_o his_o name_n be_v jonathan_n and_o that_o he_o be_v the_o son_n of_o gershom_n the_o son_n of_o manasseh_n verse_n 8._o and_o the_o man_n depart_v out_o of_o the_o city_n from_o bethlehem-judah_n to_o sojourn_v where_o he_o can_v find_v a_o place_n etc._n etc._n this_o show_v the_o corruption_n of_o those_o time_n god_n have_v provide_v liberal_o for_o the_o tribe_n of_o levi_n but_o in_o these_o idolatrous_a time_n the_o people_n have_v in_o a_o great_a measure_n forsake_v the_o tabernacle_n and_o so_o their_o appoint_a maintenance_n of_o tithe_n it_o seem_v be_v not_o yield_v they_o for_o then_o this_o levite_n need_v not_o have_v wander_v up_o and_o down_o to_o procure_v mean_n of_o livelihood_n see_v the_o like_a neh._n 13.10_o 11._o and_o i_o perceive_v that_o the_o portion_n of_o the_o levite_n have_v not_o be_v give_v they_o for_o the_o levite_n and_o the_o singer_n that_o do_v the_o work_n be_v flee_v every_o one_o to_o his_o field_n then_o i_o contend_v with_o the_o ruler_n and_o say_v why_o be_v the_o house_n of_o god_n forsake_v and_o i_o gather_v they_o together_o and_o put_v they_o in_o their_o place_n verse_n 10._o and_o micah_n say_v unto_o he_o dwell_v with_o i_o and_o be_v unto_o i_o a_o father_n and_o a_o priest_n etc._n etc._n though_o he_o have_v consecrate_v his_o son_n to_o execute_v the_o priest_n office_n in_o his_o idolatrous_a chapel_n yet_o because_o he_o think_v it_o will_v be_v a_o great_a honour_n to_o his_o idol-worship_n to_o have_v one_o of_o the_o tribe_n of_o levi_n to_o his_o priest_n either_o he_o be_v content_a to_o put_v his_o son_n out_o of_o that_o place_n and_o to_o put_v in_o this_o levite_n in_o his_o room_n or_o else_o mean_v to_o join_v he_o with_o his_o son_n and_o so_o begin_v to_o treat_v with_o he_o to_o this_o purpose_n but_o yet_o observable_a it_o be_v that_o though_o he_o promise_v to_o reverence_v this_o levite_n as_o a_o father_n notwithstanding_o his_o youth_n if_o he_o will_v be_v his_o priest_n be_v unto_o i_o say_v he_o a_o father_n and_o a_o priest_n yet_o it_o be_v but_o a_o poor_a salary_n that_o he_o tender_v he_o for_o his_o service_n i_o will_v give_v thou_o ten_o shekel_n of_o silver_n by_o the_o year_n and_o a_o suit_n of_o apparel_n and_o thy_o victual_n eleven_o hundred_o shekel_n of_o silver_n be_v set_v apart_o to_o make_v their_o idol_n and_o the_o appurtenance_n thereto_o belong_v and_o yet_o ten_o shekel_n of_o silver_n be_v think_v enough_o for_o the_o priest_n wage_n indeed_o have_v not_o the_o time_n when_o this_o be_v do_v be_v extreme_o corrupt_a a_o levite_n will_v never_o have_v prostitute_v himself_o to_o such_o a_o base_a service_n as_o to_o be_v a_o priest_n to_o their_o idol-dunghill-god_n and_o that_o too_o upon_o such_o base_a term_n but_o hunger_n will_v snap_v at_o any_o thing_n when_o there_o be_v no_o grace_n to_o restrain_v man_n for_o so_o it_o follow_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n and_o the_o levite_n be_v content_a to_o dwell_v with_o the_o man_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 11._o and_o the_o young_a man_n be_v unto_o he_o as_o one_o of_o his_o son_n etc._n etc._n though_o he_o reverence_v he_o as_o a_o father_n as_o he_o have_v promise_v he_o before_o vers_fw-la 10_o yet_o it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o the_o young_a man_n be_v unto_o he_o as_o one_o of_o his_o son_n that_o be_v he_o love_v he_o and_o use_v he_o as_o if_o he_o have_v be_v his_o own_o child_n verse_n 13._o now_o i_o know_v that_o the_o lord_n will_v do_v i_o good_a see_v i_o have_v a_o levite_n to_o my_o priest_n but_o how_o much_o he_o be_v deceive_v the_o follow_a chapter_n show_v chap._n xviii_o verse_n 1._o in_o those_o day_n there_o be_v no_o king_n in_o israel_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 17._o vers_fw-la 6._o for_o unto_o that_o day_n all_o their_o inheritance_n have_v not_o fall_v unto_o they_o among_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o amorites_n who_o coop_v they_o up_o in_o the_o mountain_n chap._n 1.34_o and_o the_o amorites_n force_v the_o child_n of_o dan_n into_o the_o mountain_n for_o they_o will_v not_o suffer_v they_o to_o come_v into_o the_o valley_n verse_n 3._o when_o they_o be_v by_o the_o house_n of_o micah_n they_o know_v the_o voice_n of_o the_o young_a man_n the_o levite_n the_o danite_n have_v part_n of_o their_o inheritance_n in_o that_o part_n of_o canaan_n which_o be_v at_o first_o assign_v to_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n &_o therefore_o it_o be_v not_o unlikely_a that_o some_o of_o these_o spy_n be_v former_o acquaint_v with_o this_o levite_n whilst_o he_o sojourn_v in_o bethlehem-judah_n and_o so_o now_o know_v his_o voice_n however_o by_o the_o different_a dialect_n or_o manner_n of_o speech_n and_o pronunciation_n which_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n use_v from_o that_o which_o be_v use_v by_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o mount_n ephraim_n they_o may_v know_v he_o to_o belong_v to_o judah_n though_o he_o now_o sojourn_v in_o ephraim_n as_o we_o may_v see_v in_o that_o instance_n chap._n 12.6_o where_o the_o man_n of_o ephraim_n say_v sibbole_v in_o stead_n of_o shibboleth_n and_o beside_o if_o they_o hear_v he_o speak_v concern_v the_o employment_n of_o his_o call_n by_o that_o they_o may_v know_v he_o be_v a_o levite_n verse_n 5._o and_o they_o say_v unto_o he_o ask_v counsel_n we_o pray_v thou_o of_o god_n etc._n etc._n hear_v from_o the_o levite_n that_o micah_n have_v there_o a_o chapel_n of_o god_n and_o among_o the_o rest_n a_o ephod_n and_o teraphim_n which_o be_v the_o oracle_n whereby_o in_o those_o idolatrous_a time_n they_o be_v wont_a to_o inquire_v of_o god_n and_o that_o he_o be_v hire_v to_o be_v micahs_n priest_n they_o desire_v he_o that_o he_o will_v inquire_v of_o god_n concern_v the_o success_n of_o that_o great_a business_n they_o be_v go_v about_o verse_n 6._o go_v in_o peace_n before_o the_o lord_n be_v your_o way_n wherein_o you_o go_v that_o be_v the_o eye_n of_o the_o lord_n it_o upon_o your_o way_n to_o remove_v all_o difficulty_n and_o to_o make_v your_o journey_n prosperous_a he_o will_v go_v out_o before_o you_o and_o take_v care_n of_o your_o journey_n now_o this_o answer_n he_o may_v return_v of_o his_o own_o head_n flatter_o as_o false_a prophet_n be_v wont_a to_o do_v but_o yet_o god_n may_v permit_v satan_n by_o his_o teraphim_n or_o some_o such_o oracle_n to_o foretell_v this_o concern_v the_o success_n of_o their_o journey_n deut._n 13.1_o 2_o 3._o if_o there_o arise_v among_o you_o a_o prophet_n or_o a_o dream_n of_o dream_n and_o give_v thou_o a_o sign_n or_o a_o wonder_n and_o the_o sign_n or_o the_o wonder_n come_v to_o pass_v whereof_o he_o speak_v unto_o thou_o say_v let_v we_o go_v after_o other_o god_n which_o thou_o have_v not_o know_v and_o let_v
type_n of_o christ_n matth._n 3.17_o and_o so_o a_o voice_n from_o heaven_n say_v this_o be_v my_o belove_a son_n in_o who_o i_o be_o well_o please_v verse_n 26._o and_o joab_n fight_v against_o râ—bbah_n of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n and_o take_v the_o royal_a city_n rabbah_n it_o seem_v consist_v of_o two_o part_n which_o be_v as_o it_o be_v two_o city_n join_v together_o and_o one_o of_o they_o be_v call_v both_o the_o royal_a city_n because_o there_o the_o king_n have_v his_o palace_n and_o the_o city_n of_o water_n because_o it_o be_v environ_v with_o water_n or_o at_o least_o lay_v upon_o the_o side_n of_o some_o river_n as_o it_o be_v express_v vers_fw-la 27._o i_o have_v fight_v against_o rabbah_n and_o have_v take_v the_o city_n of_o water_n now_o joab_n have_v continue_v almost_o a_o year_n in_o besiege_v this_o city_n as_o indeed_o it_o be_v no_o wonder_n that_o god_n give_v he_o no_o better_a success_n abroad_o david_n have_v so_o displease_v he_o by_o his_o sin_n at_o home_n at_o length_n he_o take_v this_o royal_a city_n or_o city_n of_o water_n and_o know_v that_o the_o other_o can_v not_o now_o long_o hold_v out_o because_o this_o be_v far_o the_o strong_a piece_n and_o the_o other_o depend_v upon_o this_o and_o have_v happy_o their_o water_n from_o this_o which_o be_v now_o cut_v off_o he_o therefore_o send_v to_o david_n to_o come_v thither_o that_o he_o may_v have_v the_o glory_n of_o take_v the_o city_n verse_n 29._o and_o david_n gather_v all_o the_o people_n together_o and_o go_v to_o rabbah_n and_o fight_v against_o it_o and_o take_v it_o it_o may_v just_o seem_v strange_a that_o david_n shall_v go_v with_o a_o numerous_a army_n out_o of_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n into_o the_o land_n of_o the_o ammonite_n only_o to_o take_v a_o city_n that_o be_v in_o a_o manner_n take_v already_o and_o which_o they_o be_v afraid_a will_v be_v win_v before_o he_o come_v and_o that_o for_o no_o other_o end_n but_o that_o david_n may_v have_v the_o name_n of_o take_v the_o city_n but_o for_o this_o we_o must_v consider_v first_o that_o even_o the_o best_a of_o god_n servant_n be_v natural_o vainglorious_a and_o too_o much_o transport_v with_o a_o desire_n of_o have_v their_o name_n famous_a and_o renown_a and_o second_o there_o may_v be_v other_o occasion_n of_o david_n go_v thither_o as_o for_o the_o prosecute_n of_o their_o conquest_n in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o ammonite_n and_o for_o give_v direction_n for_o the_o punishment_n of_o those_o that_o have_v with_o such_o scorn_n abuse_v his_o ambassador_n and_o that_o joab_n know_v this_o do_v advise_v he_o only_o the_o rather_o to_o hasten_v his_o come_n thither_o that_o the_o city_n may_v be_v take_v by_o he_o and_o so_o he_o may_v have_v the_o glory_n of_o this_o great_a piece_n of_o service_n verse_n 30._o and_o he_o take_v the_o king_n crown_n from_o off_o his_o head_n the_o weight_n whereof_o be_v a_o talon_n of_o gold_n with_o the_o precious_a stone_n etc._n etc._n there_o be_v but_o a_o talon_n of_o gold_n in_o the_o golden_a candlestick_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n exod_a 25.39_o which_o be_v think_v to_o have_v be_v at_o least_o a_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o pound_n weight_n but_o the_o common_a talon_n some_o say_v be_v but_o half_a so_o much_o as_o the_o talon_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n to_o wit_n sixty_o pound_n weight_n and_o so_o much_o it_o may_v be_v therefore_o this_o crown_n weigh_v and_o if_o so_o doubtless_o it_o be_v too_o massy_a to_o be_v usual_o wear_v rather_o it_o be_v a_o crown_n of_o state_n which_o be_v only_o set_v upon_o the_o head_n of_o their_o king_n at_o their_o coronation_n or_o hang_v over_o their_o head_n in_o some_o chair_n of_o state_n and_o so_o happy_o at_o this_o time_n it_o be_v set_v upon_o their_o king_n head_n and_o then_o take_v off_o and_o set_v upon_o david_n to_o show_v that_o now_o the_o royal_a dignity_n be_v transfer_v from_o he_o to_o david_n and_o indeed_o because_o the_o brother_n of_o this_o king_n the_o son_n of_o nahush_fw-mi succour_v david_n when_o he_o flee_v from_o absalon_n chap._n 17.27.28_o it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o hanun_n be_v now_o either_o depose_v or_o put_v to_o death_n by_o david_n and_o his_o brother_n make_v governor_n of_o rabbah_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o he_o show_v such_o respect_n to_o david_n in_o that_o time_n of_o his_o trouble_n verse_n 31._o and_o he_o bring_v forth_o the_o people_n that_o be_v therein_o and_o put_v they_o under_o saw_n and_o under_o harrow_n of_o iron_n and_o under_o axe_n of_o iron_n and_o make_v they_o pass_v through_o the_o brick-kiln_n thus_o severe_o david_n punish_v they_o whether_o by_o express_a direction_n from_o god_n or_o otherwise_o we_o can_v say_v because_o they_o have_v against_o the_o law_n of_o nation_n so_o shameful_o abuse_v david_n messenger_n withal_o have_v perhaps_o respect_v to_o their_o inhuman_a idolatry_n in_o cause_v their_o child_n to_o pass_v through_o the_o fire_n to_o molech_n which_o be_v their_o idol_n 1._o king_n 11.7_o yet_o it_o be_v like_o that_o only_a the_o principal_a ringleader_n in_o that_o barbarous_a usage_n of_o david_n messenger_n and_o the_o stir_v up_o of_o the_o neighbour_a nation_n against_o he_o be_v thus_o punish_v chap._n xiii_o verse_n 1._o absalom_n the_o son_n of_o david_n have_v a_o fair_a sister_n who_o name_n be_v tamar_n and_o amnon_n the_o son_n of_o david_n love_v she_o tamar_n be_v amnons_n sister_n as_o well_o as_o absaloms_n for_o they_o be_v all_o david_n child_n but_o she_o be_v call_v peculiarly_a absaloms_n sister_n because_o she_o be_v his_o sister_n both_o by_o father_n and_o mother_n for_o both_o absalon_n and_o tamar_n be_v bear_v to_o david_n of_o his_o wife_n maacha_n the_o daughter_n of_o talmai_n king_n of_o geshur_n and_o observable_a it_o be_v how_o much_o sorrow_n david_n have_v in_o both_o these_o his_o child_n which_o he_o have_v by_o the_o daughter_n of_o a_o heathenish_a idolatrous_a king_n the_o incestuous_a rape_n of_o the_o one_o and_o the_o unnatural_a rebellion_n of_o the_o other_o be_v a_o fair_a evidence_n to_o let_v he_o see_v that_o his_o match_v himself_o with_o such_o a_o wife_n be_v not_o please_v to_o god_n verse_n 2._o for_o she_o be_v a_o virgin_n and_o amnon_n think_v it_o hard_o for_o he_o to_o do_v any_o thing_n to_o she_o that_o be_v be_v a_o virgin_n and_o so_o strict_o keep_v and_o look_v to_o he_o think_v it_o will_v be_v a_o impossible_a thing_n for_o he_o ever_o to_o get_v a_o opportunity_n of_o satisfy_v his_o lust_n with_o she_o verse_n 4._o why_o be_v thou_o be_v the_o king_n son_n lean_a from_o day_n to_o day_n two_o reason_n may_v be_v give_v why_o jonadab_n wonder_v that_o amnon_n shall_v so_o droop_v and_o pine_v away_o as_o he_o do_v amplify_v his_o wonder_n from_o this_o that_o he_o be_v the_o king_n son_n to_o wit_n first_o because_o he_o think_v the_o happiness_n of_o be_v the_o king_n son_n may_v easy_o over-weigh_a any_o cause_n of_o sorrow_n he_o can_v possible_o pretend_v and_o second_o because_o there_o be_v nothing_o almost_o which_o he_o can_v desire_v which_o he_o may_v not_o have_v why_o be_v thou_o be_v the_o king_n son_n lean_a from_o day_n to_o day_n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v be_v the_o king_n son_n thou_o may_v command_v what_o thou_o will_v and_o wherefore_o then_o do_v thou_o vex_v and_o afflict_v thyself_o and_o amnon_n say_v i_o love_v tamar_n my_o brother_n absaloms_n sister_n he_o call_v she_o here_o not_o his_o sister_n but_o absaloms_n thereby_o seek_v to_o palliate_v or_o extenuate_v his_o sin_n in_o lust_a after_o she_o by_o intimate_v that_o she_o be_v his_o sister_n only_o by_o the_o half-bloud_n and_o not_o his_o sister_n by_o father_n and_o mother_n as_o she_o be_v absaloms_n and_o yet_o afterward_o he_o call_v she_o his_o sister_n the_o better_a to_o hide_v his_o purpose_n from_o his_o father_n vers_n 6._o amnon_n say_v unto_o the_o king_n i_o pray_v thou_o let_v tamar_n my_o sister_n come_v etc._n etc._n verse_n 6._o the_o king_n be_v come_v to_o see_v he_o no_o soon_o do_v amnon_n pretend_v himself_o sick_a but_o present_o his_o father_n come_v to_o see_v he_o no_o doubt_v his_o late_a lose_n of_o his_o child_n that_o he_o have_v by_o bathsheba_n make_v he_o the_o more_o fearful_a of_o his_o lose_v this_o son_n too_o and_o be_v also_o his_o elder_a son_n he_o can_v not_o but_o lay_v it_o the_o more_o to_o heart_n and_o yet_o how_o well_o have_v it_o be_v for_o david_n if_o he_o have_v be_v sick_a indeed_o yea_o sick_a unto_o death_n consider_v how_o much_o better_a sorrow_n he_o immediate_o bring_v upon_o he_o by_o that_o unnatural_a villainy_n of_o he_o in_o
to_o god_n and_o he_o regard_v they_o not_o than_o he_o add_v than_o do_v i_o beat_v they_o etc._n etc._n when_o god_n once_o withdraw_v his_o protection_n and_o help_n from_o a_o people_n it_o be_v a_o easy_a matter_n to_o tread_v they_o down_o and_o beat_v they_o in_o piece_n verse_n 44._o thou_o also_o have_v deliver_v i_o from_o the_o strive_n of_o my_o people_n thou_o have_v keep_v i_o to_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o heathen_a etc._n etc._n that_o be_v thou_o have_v not_o only_o deliver_v i_o from_o my_o own_o people_n over_o who_o thou_o be_v please_v to_o anoint_v i_o king_n when_o they_o rise_v up_o against_o i_o as_o we_o know_v they_o do_v in_o the_o war_n that_o saul_n make_v against_o he_o in_o the_o rebellion_n of_o absalon_n the_o insurrection_n of_o sheba_n &_o but_o haste_v also_o bring_v many_o nation_n of_o the_o heathen_n to_o be_v in_o subjection_n under_o i_o and_o to_o acknowledge_v i_o to_o be_v their_o lord_n and_o head_n now_o herein_o be_v david_n also_o a_o type_n of_o christ_n for_o first_o the_o jew_n that_o be_v god_n own_o peculiar_a people_n and_o that_o pretend_v to_o trust_v in_o the_o promise_a messiah_n be_v the_o cruel_a enemy_n to_o christ_n that_o ever_o he_o have_v and_o so_o it_o have_v be_v since_o too_o among_o those_o that_o have_v profess_v themselves_o christian_n never_o do_v turk_n and_o infidel_n more_o for_o the_o ruin_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n than_o they_o have_v do_v only_o still_o the_o strive_n of_o his_o people_n against_o his_o sceptre_n and_o government_n have_v be_v in_o vain_a and_o second_o when_o the_o gentile_n be_v convert_v to_o the_o faith_n of_o christ_n he_o become_v then_o more_o true_o than_o ever_o david_n be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o heathen_a verse_n 45._o stranger_n shall_v submit_v themselves_o unto_o i_o etc._n etc._n this_o be_v still_o intend_v both_o of_o david_n and_o of_o christ_n of_o who_o david_n be_v a_o type_n of_o david_n in_o regard_n of_o the_o many_o neighbour_a nation_n that_o shall_v become_v tributary_n to_o he_o of_o christ_n in_o regard_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o gentile_n who_o be_v alien_n and_o stranger_n from_o the_o commonwealth_n of_o israel_n and_o do_v yet_o come_v in_o and_o submit_v themselves_o to_o christ_n the_o son_n of_o david_n in_o the_o margin_n these_o word_n be_v render_v thus_o stranger_n shall_v yield_v feign_v obedience_n unto_o i_o and_o indeed_o as_o it_o be_v no_o doubt_n true_a of_o many_o of_o the_o heathen_n that_o be_v subdue_v by_o david_n that_o they_o submit_v themselves_o to_o he_o because_o they_o dare_v do_v no_o other_o either_o for_o fear_n of_o be_v destroy_v or_o because_o the_o great_a number_n yield_v and_o then_o it_o be_v in_o vain_a for_o they_o to_o stand_v out_o for_o this_o be_v the_o lot_n of_o conqueror_n their_o yoke_n be_v receive_v but_o they_o have_v not_o the_o heart_n of_o they_o that_o stoop_v to_o it_o so_o be_v it_o usual_o with_o those_o that_o become_v christian_n they_o yield_v christ_n only_o feign_a obedience_n they_o call_v he_o lord_n but_o his_o yoke_n be_v burdensome_a to_o they_o and_o they_o be_v far_o from_o be_v such_o indeed_o as_o they_o profess_v themselves_o to_o be_v as_o soon_o as_o they_o hear_v they_o shall_v be_v obedient_a unto_o i_o that_o be_v speedy_o as_o soon_o as_o they_o hear_v of_o any_o come_n against_o they_o without_o any_o more_o ado_n so_o terrible_a the_o very_a name_n of_o david_n shall_v be_v unto_o they_o but_o especial_o be_v this_o verify_v in_o christ_n of_o who_o david_n in_o this_o be_v a_o type_n for_o the_o hear_n of_o the_o word_n of_o christ_n preach_v be_v that_o whereby_o they_o be_v bring_v to_o stoop_v to_o his_o sceptre_n rom._n 10.17_o so_o then_o faith_n come_v by_o hear_v and_o hear_v by_o the_o word_n of_o god_n ephes_n 1.13_o in_o who_o you_o also_o trust_v after_o you_o hear_a the_o word_n of_o truth_n verse_n 46._o stranger_n shall_v fade_v away_o etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n of_o this_o be_v either_o that_o the_o glory_n and_o strength_n of_o the_o heathen_n shall_v by_v little_a and_o little_a decay_n and_o waste_v away_o until_o they_o come_v to_o submit_v themselves_o unto_o he_o or_o else_o rather_o that_o their_o heart_n shall_v die_v and_o fade_v and_o faint_v away_o within_o they_o for_o fear_n and_o therefore_o it_o follow_v and_o they_o shall_v be_v afraid_a out_o of_o their_o close_a place_n though_o they_o be_v in_o place_n of_o never_o such_o impregnable_a strength_n even_o from_o these_o close_a place_n these_o fortify_v city_n tower_n and_o castle_n they_o shall_v be_v no_o less_o afraid_a then_o if_o they_o be_v in_o some_o poor_a unwall_v village_n and_o this_o also_o may_v be_v not_o unfit_o apply_v to_o christ_n for_o it_o must_v be_v the_o fear_n of_o god_n wrath_n the_o spirit_n of_o bondage_n that_o must_v bring_v man_n in_o to_o submit_v to_o christ_n sceptre_n as_o long_o as_o a_o man_n do_v hope_n that_o his_o own_o righteousness_n will_v shelter_v he_o and_o can_v trust_v in_o his_o prayer_n his_o alm_n etc._n etc._n in_o these_o close_a place_n he_o will_v abide_v and_o despise_v christ_n but_o if_o once_o he_o be_v afraid_a in_o his_o close_a place_n he_o see_v the_o weakness_n and_o vanity_n of_o these_o thing_n than_o he_o will_v come_v out_o of_o they_o and_o disclaim_v all_o hope_n in_o they_o and_o submit_v himself_o to_o christ_n verse_n 52._o therefore_o i_o will_v give_v thanks_o unto_o thou_o o_o lord_n among_o the_o heathen_a etc._n etc._n the_o meaning_n be_v that_o he_o will_v labour_v to_o spread_v the_o knowledge_n of_o god_n and_o so_o to_o praise_v his_o name_n among_o the_o heathen_a nation_n that_o god_n have_v bring_v in_o subjection_n under_o he_o but_o especial_o by_o a_o prophetical_a spirit_n the_o prophet_n speak_v this_o with_o reference_n to_o christ_n calling_n in_o of_o the_o gentile_n to_o be_v with_o the_o jew_n one_o people_n and_o therefore_o the_o apostle_n to_o prove_v that_o god_n intend_v to_o call_v in_o the_o gentile_n cite_v this_o very_a place_n rom._n 15.8_o 9_o jesus_n christ_n be_v a_o minister_n of_o the_o circumcision_n for_o the_o truth_n of_o god_n to_o confirm_v the_o promise_n make_v unto_o the_o father_n and_o that_o the_o gentile_n may_v qlorifie_v god_n for_o his_o mercy_n as_o it_o be_v write_v for_o this_o cause_n i_o will_v confess_v to_o thou_o among_o the_o gentile_n verse_n 51._o he_o be_v the_o tower_n of_o salvation_n for_o his_o king_n and_o show_v mercy_n unto_o his_o anointed_n unto_o david_n and_o to_o his_o seed_n for_o evermore_o that_o be_v christ_n who_o be_v make_v of_o the_o seed_n of_o david_n according_a to_o the_o flesh_n rom._n 1.3_o act_n 13.23_o of_o this_o man_n seed_n have_v god_n according_a to_o his_o promise_n raise_v unto_o israel_n a_o saviour_n jesus_n and_o so_o consequent_o to_o the_o faithful_a member_n of_o christ_n who_o be_v by_o faith_n the_o seed_n of_o christ_n isaiah_n 53.10_o he_o shall_v see_v his_o seed_n etc._n etc._n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v isai_n 8.18_o apply_v to_o christ_n heb._n 2.13_o behold_v i_o and_o the_o child_n which_o god_n have_v give_v i_o chap._n xxiii_o verse_n 1._o now_o these_o be_v the_o last_o word_n of_o david_n that_o be_v the_o last_o that_o he_o write_v by_o the_o inspiration_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n for_o the_o use_n of_o the_o church_n david_n the_o son_n of_o jesse_n say_v and_o the_o man_n who_o be_v raise_v up_o on_o high_a etc._n etc._n he_o mention_n here_o of_o what_o house_n he_o come_v and_o how_o god_n exalt_v he_o that_o hereby_o the_o grace_n and_o mercy_n of_o god_n to_o he_o may_v be_v the_o more_o magnify_v in_o raise_v he_o from_o so_o mean_v a_o estate_n to_o that_o height_n of_o honour_n wherein_o he_o live_v verse_n 4._o and_o he_o shall_v be_v as_o the_o light_n of_o the_o morning_n when_o the_o sun_n rise_v even_o a_o morning_n without_o cloud_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v who_o so_o rule_v as_o be_v before_o say_v he_o shall_v reign_v prosperous_o and_o still_o increase_v in_o glory_n his_o glory_n shall_v be_v like_o the_o morning_n light_n that_o shine_v more_o and_o more_o unto_o the_o perfect_a day_n as_o the_o tender_a grass_n spring_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n by_o clear_a shine_a after_o rain_n that_o be_v the_o glory_n of_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v great_a and_o shall_v daily_o increase_v like_o the_o grass_n that_o have_v seasonable_o the_o moisten_a rain_n and_o warm_a sun_n to_o make_v it_o sprout_v up_o and_o grow_v verse_n 5._o although_o my_o house_n be_v not_o so_o with_o god_n yet_o he_o have_v make_v with_o i_o a_o everlasting_a covenant_n this_o clause_n have_v reference_n both_o to_o that_o which_o be_v
valiant_a man_n and_o a_o man_n of_o war_n and_o much_o more_o might_n solomon_n use_v this_o term_n of_o himself_o when_o he_o speak_v comparative_o with_o respect_n to_o that_o great_a charge_n of_o govern_v god_n people_n which_o now_o lie_v upon_o he_o though_o he_o be_v as_o probable_o it_o be_v think_v he_o be_v at_o least_o twenty_o year_n old_a verse_n 12._o there_o be_v none_o like_o thou_o before_o thou_o neither_o after_o thou_o shall_v any_o arise_v like_a unto_o thou_o to_o wit_n for_o wisdom_n some_o refer_v this_o only_a to_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n namely_o that_o there_o be_v never_o any_o king_n in_o israel_n either_o before_o solomon_n or_o after_o he_o that_o equal_v he_o in_o wisdom_n and_o indeed_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n where_o he_o be_v promise_v riches_n and_o honour_n above_o all_o other_o it_o be_v express_o limit_v to_o king_n and_o i_o have_v also_o give_v thou_o that_o which_o thou_o have_v not_o ask_v both_o riches_n and_o honour_n so_o that_o there_o shall_v not_o be_v any_o among_o the_o king_n like_v unto_o thou_o but_o yet_o if_o we_o understand_v this_o of_o natural_a wisdom_n and_o not_o of_o supernatural_a wisdom_n which_o be_v reserve_v as_o the_o special_a privilege_n of_o god_n servant_n in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o gospel_n i_o see_v not_o but_o that_o these_o word_n may_v be_v take_v as_o they_o be_v express_v without_o any_o such_o limitation_n namely_o that_o there_o be_v never_o mere_a man_n since_o the_o fall_n of_o adam_n like_v unto_o solomon_n for_o wisdom_n which_o seem_v the_o more_o probable_a because_o in_o the_o next_o chapter_n the_o comparison_n be_v make_v betwixt_o he_o and_o other_o that_o be_v not_o king_n and_o of_o other_o nation_n too_o as_o well_o as_o israelite_n vers_fw-la 30.31_o solomon_n wisdom_n excel_v the_o wisdom_n of_o all_o the_o child_n of_o the_o east_n country_n and_o all_o the_o wisdom_n of_o egypt_n for_o he_o be_v wise_a than_o all_o man_n than_o ethan_n the_o ezrahite_a etc._n etc._n and_o herein_o be_v solomon_n a_o notable_a type_n of_o christ_n col._n 2.3_o in_o who_o be_v hide_v all_o the_o treasure_n of_o wisdom_n and_o knowledge_n verse_n 13._o so_o that_o there_o shall_v not_o be_v any_o among_o the_o king_n like_v unto_o thou_o all_o thy_o day_n that_o be_v among_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n there_o shall_v be_v none_o like_o thou_o for_o riches_n and_o honour_n and_o in_o the_o chronicle_n this_o be_v more_o general_o express_v namely_o that_o he_o shall_v excel_v in_o riches_n and_o glory_n all_o before_o he_o and_o all_o after_o he_o 2_o chron._n 1.12_o verse_n 15._o and_o solomon_n awake_v and_o behold_v it_o be_v a_o dream_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v behold_v he_o perceive_v that_o god_n have_v in_o a_o supernatural_a dream_n appear_v unto_o he_o and_o so_o return_v thereupon_o to_o jerusalem_n with_o his_o noble_n he_o there_o offer_v many_o gratulatory_a sacrifice_n to_o god_n verse_n 16._o then_o come_v there_o two_o woman_n that_o be_v harlot_n unto_o the_o king_n etc._n etc._n the_o hebrew_n word_n here_o translate_v harlot_n signify_v either_o victualler_n or_o harlot_n &_o therefore_o it_o may_v be_v think_v that_o they_o be_v such_o as_o do_v open_o profess_v themselves_o victualler_n though_o they_o be_v more_o secret_o harlot_n for_o it_o be_v not_o so_o likely_a that_o they_o dare_v thus_o have_v present_v themselves_o before_o the_o king_n if_o they_o have_v be_v know_v to_o be_v such_o as_o live_v so_o open_o in_o so_o lewd_a a_o course_n of_o life_n that_o the_o people_n may_v the_o more_o reverence_n solomon_n the_o lord_n be_v please_v by_o this_o controversy_n that_o be_v bring_v before_o he_o to_o let_v they_o see_v what_o a_o singular_a measure_n of_o wisdom_n he_o have_v confer_v upon_o he_o verse_n 18._o and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v the_o three_o day_n after_o i_o be_v deliver_v that_o this_o woman_n be_v deliver_v also_o etc._n etc._n hereby_o be_v show_v in_o part_n what_o it_o be_v that_o make_v the_o case_n in_o question_n so_o difficult_a namely_o that_o both_o child_n be_v so_o near_o of_o a_o age_n the_o one_o be_v bear_v but_o three_o day_n after_o the_o other_o and_o indeed_o if_o we_o add_v to_o this_o first_o that_o the_o feature_n of_o the_o dead_a child_n will_v be_v so_o alter_v by_o death_n that_o it_o must_v needs_o be_v hard_a for_o those_o neighbour_n and_o friend_n that_o have_v see_v it_o alive_a to_o say_v to_o which_o of_o the_o woman_n it_o do_v belong_v second_o that_o no_o body_n be_v by_o when_o this_o fact_n be_v do_v that_o may_v bear_v witness_n on_o either_o side_n three_o that_o the_o mother_n of_o the_o live_a child_n confess_v she_o be_v asleep_a and_o so_o do_v not_o see_v when_o her_o child_n be_v take_v away_o and_o fourthly_a that_o the_o party_n contend_v for_o the_o child_n be_v of_o equal_a repute_n the_o one_o deserve_v no_o more_o credit_n than_o the_o other_o because_o they_o be_v both_o harlot_n all_o these_o thing_n joint_o consider_v must_v needs_o make_v the_o case_n so_o difficult_a that_o when_o it_o come_v to_o be_v bring_v before_o the_o king_n it_o may_v well_o be_v it_o be_v think_v the_o wit_n of_o man_n can_v not_o determine_v it_o verse_n 20._o and_o she_o arise_v at_o midnight_n and_o take_v my_o son_n from_o beside_o i_o etc._n etc._n but_o why_o shall_v she_o be_v willing_a to_o keep_v another_o woman_n child_n i_o answer_v woman_n be_v natural_o ashamed_a of_o overlay_v their_o child_n to_o avoid_v this_o disgrace_n in_o the_o heat_n of_o her_o passion_n she_o can_v have_v be_v content_a to_o nurse_v up_o another_o child_n in_o stead_n of_o she_o own_o rather_o than_o have_v it_o say_v that_o by_o her_o slothfulness_n and_o negligence_n she_o have_v be_v the_o death_n of_o her_o own_o child_n chap._n four_o verse_n 2._o and_o these_o be_v the_o prince_n which_o he_o have_v that_o be_v these_o be_v his_o chief_a noble_n and_o such_o as_o be_v in_o high_a place_n about_o he_o whilst_o he_o sit_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o israel_n especial_o in_o the_o first_o beginning_n of_o his_o reign_n for_o though_o there_o be_v two_o here_o mention_v to_o wit_v the_o son_n of_o abinadab_n vers_fw-la 11._o and_o ahimaaz_n vers_fw-la 15._o that_o marry_v the_o two_o daughter_n of_o solomon_n taphah_n and_o bazmach_n yet_o that_o may_v be_v because_o they_o do_v some_o year_n after_o marry_v they_o for_o when_o solomon_n come_v to_o the_o crown_n we_o read_v not_o of_o any_o child_n he_o have_v bear_v but_o only_o rehoboam_n and_o much_o less_o can_v he_o have_v any_o daughter_n marriageable_a azariah_n the_o son_n of_o zadok_n the_o priest_n azariah_n the_o son_n that_o be_v the_o grand_a child_n of_o zadok_n for_o he_o be_v the_o son_n of_o ahimaaz_n the_o son_n of_o zadok_n 1_o chro._n 6.8.9_o be_v here_o say_v to_o have_v be_v the_o priest_n that_o be_v solomon_n priest_n because_o it_o seem_v he_o be_v continual_o employ_v for_o he_o as_o our_o prince_n household_n chaplain_n be_v for_o they_o in_o those_o thing_n that_o concern_v the_o worship_n and_o service_n of_o god_n or_o it_o may_v be_v mean_v of_o the_o son_n of_o some_o other_o zadok_v for_o the_o word_n here_o translate_v priest_n may_v also_o be_v translate_v chief_a officer_n as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o margin_n of_o our_o bibles_n verse_n 3._o elihoreph_n and_o ahiah_n the_o son_n of_o shisha_n scribe_n we_o read_v but_o of_o one_o scribe_n or_o secretary_n of_o state_n that_o david_n have_v 2_o sam._n 20.25_o but_o solomon_n have_v two_o which_o show_v that_o the_o dominion_n and_o royalty_n of_o solomon_n kingdom_n be_v great_a than_o his_o father_n and_o so_o therewith_o the_o state_n affair_n must_v needs_o increase_v jehoshaphat_n the_o son_n of_o ahilud_n the_o recorder_n he_o hold_v therefore_o the_o same_o place_n still_o which_o he_o have_v in_o david_n time_n 2_o sam._n 20.24_o verse_n 4._o and_o zadok_v and_o abiathar_n the_o priest_n that_o be_v they_o be_v the_o two_o chief_a of_o the_o two_o family_n of_o the_o priest_n according_a to_o david_n division_n 1_o chro._n 24.3_o 4._o for_o abiathar_n do_v not_o cease_v to_o be_v a_o priest_n though_o he_o be_v restrain_v from_o the_o execution_n of_o his_o office_n and_o confine_v to_o his_o own_o house_n in_o anathoth_n and_o beside_o that_o he_o have_v be_v the_o chief_a among_o they_o be_v sufficient_a to_o make_v he_o be_v reckon_v here_o among_o those_o that_o be_v in_o eminent_a place_n whether_o in_o church_n or_o commonwealth_n in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o solomon_n reign_n verse_n 5._o and_o azariah_n the_o son_n of_o nathan_n be_v over_o the_o officer_n etc._n etc._n some_o conceive_v that_o these_o be_v the_o son_n of_o nathan_n the_o son_n of_o
prov._n 19.12_o the_o king_n wrath_n be_v as_o the_o roar_n of_o a_o lion_n second_o the_o vigilancy_n and_o watchfulness_n that_o shall_v be_v in_o prince_n because_o of_o their_o great_a charge_n and_o many_o enemy_n thy_o have_v need_n to_o wake_v when_o other_o sleep_n as_o it_o be_v say_v of_o lion_n that_o they_o sleep_v always_o with_o their_o eye_n open_a three_o that_o those_o that_o be_v appoint_v for_o the_o guard_n of_o king_n have_v need_n be_v both_o valorous_a and_o vigilant_a because_o their_o charge_n be_v so_o precious_a and_o in_o such_o continual_a danger_n by_o reason_n of_o open_a and_o secret_a enemy_n fourthly_a that_o prince_n be_v so_o guard_v by_o the_o special_a providence_n of_o god_n over_o they_o that_o it_o be_v as_o perilous_a to_o offer_v they_o any_o injury_n as_o to_o rush_v upon_o the_o mouth_n of_o many_o ramp_a lion_n and_o fift_o how_o dangerous_a it_o be_v to_o incur_v the_o displeasure_n of_o christ_n that_o lion_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n rev._n 5.5_o of_o who_o solomon_n be_v a_o type_n and_o especial_o to_o seek_v the_o overthrow_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o that_o because_o his_o power_n be_v infinite_a and_o his_o wrath_n insupportable_a they_o that_o will_v be_v so_o desperate_a as_o to_o put_v too_o their_o hand_n for_o the_o overturning_a of_o his_o throne_n shall_v find_v that_o his_o throne_n be_v guard_v with_o lion_n they_o shall_v be_v tear_v in_o piece_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v none_o to_o help_v they_o verse_n 21._o none_o be_v of_o silver_n it_o be_v nothing_o account_v of_o in_o the_o day_n of_o solomon_n that_o be_v comparative_o silver_n be_v not_o esteem_v for_o their_o drink_a vessel_n in_o solomon_n day_n even_o silver_n be_v mention_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n among_o those_o thing_n that_o be_v bring_v over_o in_o the_o navy_n of_o tharshish_n which_o show_v that_o it_o be_v of_o good_a esteem_n in_o the_o day_n of_o solomon_n but_o the_o meaning_n be_v that_o have_v such_o abundance_n of_o gold_n most_o of_o their_o plate_n be_v make_v of_o gold_n and_o silver_n plate_n be_v little_o esteem_v in_o those_o time_n verse_n 22._o for_o the_o king_n have_v at_o sea_n a_o navy_n of_o tharshish_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v a_o navy_n bind_v for_o tharshish_n as_o the_o ship_n that_o go_v from_o we_o to_o the_o east_n indies_n be_v usual_o call_v the_o india_n ship_n where_o this_o tharshish_n be_v it_o be_v hard_o to_o say_v some_o interpreter_n conceive_v that_o by_o tharshish_n be_v mean_v only_o the_o ocean_n sea_n but_o so_o it_o can_v be_v take_v here_o for_o then_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o manifest_a tautology_n in_o these_o word_n as_o if_o we_o shall_v read_v it_o the_o king_n have_v at_o sea_n a_o navy_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o beside_o tharshish_n be_v mention_v as_o a_o place_n to_o which_o the_o ship_n go_v 2_o chron._n 9.21_o for_o the_o king_n ship_n go_v to_o tharshish_n and_o so_o again_o the_o 2_o chron._n 20.37_o the_o ship_n be_v break_v that_o they_o be_v not_o able_a to_o go_v to_o tharshish_n nor_o need_v we_o trouble_v ourselves_o because_o we_o can_v conclude_v what_o particular_a place_n this_o tharshish_n be_v since_o most_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o as_o we_o call_v all_o country_n unknown_a because_o so_o far_o remote_a from_o we_o the_o indies_n so_o they_o call_v all_o far_o remote_a land_n and_o country_n to_o which_o their_o ship_n make_v such_o long_a voyage_n tharshish_n verse_n 26._o and_o he_o have_v a_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o chariot_n and_o what_o a_o multitude_n of_o horse_n he_o have_v to_o serve_v by_o turn_n in_o these_o chariot_n we_o find_v 2_o chron._n 9.25_o but_o especial_o 1_o king_n 4.26_o where_o see_v the_o note_n on_o that_o place_n verse_n 28._o and_o solomon_n have_v horse_n bring_v out_o of_o egypt_n and_o linen_n yarn_n etc._n etc._n to_o show_v whence_o solomon_n shall_v have_v such_o a_o multitude_n of_o horse_n this_o be_v here_o add_v to_o wit_n that_o solomon_n merchant_n do_v usual_o buy_v and_o transport_v horse_n and_o linen_n yarn_n out_o of_o egypt_n the_o linen_n yarn_n at_o such_o a_o price_n as_o be_v agree_v upon_o between_o the_o egyptian_n and_o they_o and_o the_o horse_n at_o the_o rate_n mention_v vers_fw-la 27._o for_o their_o price_n be_v particular_o express_v to_o intimate_v the_o magnificence_n of_o solomon_n in_o regard_n of_o his_o horse_n and_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o by_o the_o special_a favour_n of_o pharaoh_n it_o be_v who_o daughter_n solomon_n have_v marry_v that_o they_o do_v enjoy_v this_o traffic_n for_o horse_n and_o linen_n yarn_n be_v the_o choice_a commodity_n of_o egypt_n cant._n 1.9_o ezek._n 27.7_o verse_n 29._o and_o a_o chariot_n come_v up_o and_o go_v out_o of_o egypt_n for_o six_o hundred_o shekel_n of_o silver_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v four_o horse_n for_o a_o chariot_n one_o horse_n cost_v one_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o shekel_n and_o therefore_o four_o horse_n cost_v four_o time_n as_o much_o to_o wit_n six_o hundred_o shekel_n of_o silver_n and_o so_o for_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o hittite_n and_o for_o the_o king_n of_o syria_n do_v they_o bring_v they_o out_o by_o their_o mean_n that_o be_v they_o buy_v not_o only_o to_o serve_v their_o own_o prince_n and_o country_n but_o also_o for_o other_o border_a king_n and_o kingdom_n chap._n xi_o verse_n 1._o but_o king_n solomon_n love_v many_o strange_a woman_n etc._n etc._n and_o thus_o solomon_n sin_v not_o only_o in_o that_o his_o wife_n and_o concubine_n be_v strange_a woman_n that_o be_v not_o israelites_n but_o of_o other_o idolatrous_a nation_n but_o also_o in_o that_o he_o have_v so_o many_o which_o be_v against_o the_o law_n concern_v the_o king_n of_o israel_n deut._n 17.17_o neither_o shall_v he_o multiply_v wife_n to_o himself_o verse_n 3._o and_o he_o have_v seven_o hundred_o wife_n princess_n and_o three_o hundred_o concubine_n a_o far_o less_o number_n be_v reckon_v cant._n 6.8_o there_o be_v threescore_o queen_n and_o fourscore_o concubine_n and_o virgin_n without_o number_n if_o therefore_o there_o be_v a_o allusion_n there_o to_o solomon_n wife_n and_o concubine_n it_o seem_v he_o have_v no_o more_o at_o the_o time_n when_o he_o write_v that_o song_n though_o afterward_o they_o be_v increase_v to_o the_o number_n here_o mention_v verse_n 4._o for_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o solomon_n be_v old_a that_o his_o wife_n turn_v away_o his_o heart_n after_o other_o god_n that_o be_v they_o win_v he_o to_o give_v way_n to_o their_o idolatry_n for_o so_o the_o most_o and_o best_a expositor_n understand_v this_o not_o that_o solomon_n do_v indeed_o esteem_v their_o idol_n god_n or_o that_o he_o do_v himself_o worship_v their_o idol-god_n for_o then_o it_o be_v like_a he_o will_v have_v bring_v they_o into_o the_o temple_n but_o that_o he_o give_v way_n to_o the_o open_a and_o public_a exercise_n of_o their_o idolatrous_a worship_n yea_o further_v it_o by_o build_a temple_n for_o they_o etc._n etc._n and_o thus_o by_o suffer_v the_o wise_a of_o man_n thus_o to_o fall_v god_n be_v please_v to_o let_v we_o see_v how_o little_a trust_n there_o be_v in_o the_o wisdom_n of_o man_n the_o time_n when_o he_o thus_o fall_v off_o from_o his_o former_a integrity_n be_v note_v to_o wit_n that_o it_o be_v when_o solomon_n be_v old_a and_o that_o either_o by_o way_n of_o aggravate_v his_o sin_n both_o because_o his_o lust_a after_n and_o slavish_a dote_a upon_o so_o many_o idolatrous_a wife_n and_o concubine_n be_v most_o unseemly_a in_o old_a age_n and_o also_o because_o after_o so_o long_a communion_n with_o god_n and_o experience_n of_o god_n goodness_n it_o be_v the_o more_o insufferable_a that_o he_o shall_v now_o fall_v into_o so_o gross_a a_o sin_n or_o else_o by_o way_n of_o intimate_v the_o occasion_n of_o solomon_n defection_n at_o last_o namely_o that_o his_o wife_n and_o concubine_n take_v the_o advantage_n of_o his_o weakness_n in_o his_o old_a age_n and_o so_o win_v he_o to_o that_o which_o former_o he_o will_v not_o have_v do_v verse_n 5._o for_o solomon_n go_v after_o ashtore_v etc._n etc._n see_v concern_v ashtore_v judge_n 2.13_o and_o of_o milcom_a or_o molech_n vers_fw-la 7._o see_v levit._n 18.21_o verse_n 7._o then_o do_v solomon_n build_v a_o high_a place_n for_o chemosh_fw-mi etc._n etc._n that_o be_v a_o place_n of_o worship_n for_o this_o idol-god_n either_o a_o temple_n or_o at_o least_o a_o image_n and_o altar_n to_o sacrifice_v on_o these_o be_v usual_o rear_v on_o mountain_n and_o hill_n though_o not_o always_o jer._n 7.31_o and_o they_o have_v build_v the_o high_a place_n of_o tophet_n which_o be_v in_o the_o valley_n of_o the_o son_n of_o hinnom_n and_o therefore_o be_v call_v high_a place_n and_o so_o according_o
15._o for_o the_o lord_n shall_v smite_v israel_n as_o a_o reed_n be_v shake_v in_o the_o water_n that_o be_v the_o lord_n shall_v continual_o afflict_v this_o kingdom_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n both_o prince_n and_o people_n with_o uncessant_a trouble_n and_o war_n both_o intestine_a and_o foreign_a so_o that_o they_o shall_v never_o abide_v long_o in_o any_o settle_a condition_n and_o so_o indeed_o it_o come_v pass_v even_o as_o the_o reed_n that_o grow_v in_o the_o water_n be_v continual_o shake_v sometime_o with_o the_o blow_n of_o the_o wind_n always_o with_o the_o force_n of_o the_o stream_n that_o glide_v along_o by_o they_o so_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n continual_o shake_v partly_o by_o the_o frequent_a transfer_v of_o the_o crown_n from_o one_o family_n to_o another_o one_o still_o kill_v the_o other_o and_o make_v himself_o king_n in_o his_o room_n and_o partly_o by_o the_o frequent_a invasion_n of_o the_o man_n of_o judah_n or_o some_o other_o of_o the_o neighbour_a nation_n and_o shall_v scatter_v they_o beyond_o the_o river_n that_o be_v the_o river_n euphrates_n to_o wit_n into_o the_o land_n of_o assyria_n mesopotamia_n and_o media_n which_o lie_v beyond_o the_o river_n whither_o the_o ten_o tribe_n be_v indeed_o afterward_o carry_v captive_n some_o of_o they_o first_o by_o tiglath-pilese_a in_o the_o day_n of_o pekah_n king_n of_o israel_n 2._o king_n 15.29_o but_o the_o great_a part_n afterward_o by_o salmanassar_n in_o the_o day_n of_o hoshea_n king_n of_o israel_n 2._o king_n 17.6_o etc._n etc._n verse_n 17._o and_o jeroboam'_v wife_n arise_v and_o depart_v and_o come_v to_o tirzath_n etc._n etc._n this_o tirzah_n be_v a_o ancient_a and_o goodly_a city_n for_o here_o one_o of_o the_o one_o and_o thirty_o king_n who_o joshua_n conquer_v do_v dwell_v josh_n 12.24_o and_o in_o solomon_n time_n it_o be_v famous_a for_o the_o pleasantness_n of_o the_o situation_n and_o stateliness_n of_o the_o build_n and_o therefore_o the_o church_n be_v hereto_o compare_v cant._n 6.4_o thou_o be_v beautiful_a o_o my_o love_n as_o tirzah_n though_o therefore_o at_o first_o shechem_n be_v the_o royal_a city_n of_o jeroboam_n kingdom_n yet_o afterward_o it_o seem_v he_o build_v some_o stately_a palace_n for_o himself_o in_o tirzah_n and_o so_o both_o he_o and_o the_o other_o king_n of_o israel_n that_o succeed_v he_o do_v usual_o keep_v their_o court_n there_o yea_o till_o samaria_n be_v build_v it_o seem_v to_o have_v be_v the_o chief_a of_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n chap._n 15.33_o in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o asa_n king_n of_o judah_n begin_v baasha_n the_o son_n of_o abijah_n to_o reign_v over_o all_o israel_n in_o tirzah_n so_o also_o chap._n 16.6.8_o 23_o 24._o verse_n 19_o behold_v they_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o chronicle_n of_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n many_o thing_n be_v say_v to_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o chronicle_n which_o we_o find_v not_o in_o the_o scripture_n chronicle_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v common_o hold_v that_o this_o book_n of_o the_o chronicle_n here_o and_o elsewhere_o often_o mention_v be_v some_o other_o book_n of_o the_o chronicle_n of_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n wherein_o all_o the_o memorable_a act_n and_o passage_n of_o those_o time_n be_v exact_o record_v and_o out_o of_o which_o the_o penman_n of_o the_o scripture_n chronicle_n do_v afterward_o by_o the_o special_a instinct_n and_o the_o guidance_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n cull_v forth_o such_o thing_n as_o be_v there_o relate_v and_o which_o the_o lord_n think_v requisite_a for_o the_o edification_n of_o the_o church_n in_o future_a age_n verse_n 20._o and_o the_o day_n which_o jeroboam_n reign_v be_v two_o and_o twenty_o year_n jeroboam_n therefore_o outlive_v rehoboam_n who_o reign_v but_o seventeen_o year_n vers_fw-la 21._o and_o abijam_n his_o son_n who_o reign_v in_o jerusalem_n but_o three_o year_n chap._n 15.1_o 2._o and_o die_v in_o the_o second_o year_n of_o asa_n the_o son_n of_o abijam_n chap._n 15.25_o be_v strike_v by_o the_o immediate_a hand_n of_o god_n with_o some_o remarkable_a judgement_n 2._o chron._n 13.20_o neither_o do_v jeroboam_n recover_v strength_n again_o in_o the_o day_n of_o abijah_n and_o the_o lord_n strike_v he_o and_o he_o die_v but_o before_o this_o death_n there_o be_v a_o mighty_a battle_n between_o he_o and_o abijam_n king_n of_o judah_n wherein_o he_o lose_v five_o hundred_o thousand_o man_n a_o blow_n which_o he_o never_o recover_v verse_n 22._o and_o judah_n do_v evil_a in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v the_o people_n of_o judah_n and_o rehoboam_n their_o king_n for_o three_o year_n they_o walk_v in_o the_o way_n of_o david_n and_o solomon_n do_v that_o which_o be_v right_a in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n 2._o chron._n 11.17_o as_o be_v trouble_v with_o the_o loss_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n of_o israel_n in_o which_o time_n rehoboam_n fortify_v and_o victual_v fifteen_o city_n in_o judah_n and_o benjamin_n and_o many_o other_o strong_a hold_n and_o the_o priest_n and_o levite_n and_o other_o rehoboam_n whereby_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n be_v much_o strengthen_v 2._o chron._n 11.5.17_o whereupon_o he_o take_v eighteen_o wife_n and_o sixty_o concubine_n 2._o chron._n 11.21_o and_o have_v many_o child_n but_o then_o have_v thus_o strengthen_v his_o kingdom_n and_o as_o he_o think_v assure_v his_o estate_n he_o forsake_v the_o law_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o all_o israel_n with_o he_o 2._o chron._n 12.1_o verse_n 25._o shishak_n king_n of_o egypt_n come_v up_o against_o jerusalem_n etc._n etc._n rehoboam'_v father_n marry_v the_o king_n of_o egypt_n daughter_n yet_o the_o succeed_a king_n of_o egypt_n invite_v thereto_o perhaps_o by_o jeroboam_n who_o be_v a_o while_n in_o egypt_n before_o he_o be_v king_n and_o now_o fear_v the_o grow_a strength_n of_o rehoboam_n may_v lay_v before_o shishak_n the_o incountable_a riches_n of_o david_n and_o solomon_n which_o may_v easy_o be_v have_v because_o ten_o of_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n be_v revolt_v from_o he_o come_v up_o against_o judah_n with_o a_o mighty_a army_n twelve_o hundred_o chariot_n sixty_o thousand_o horseman_n and_o footman_n without_o number_n some_o egyptian_n and_o some_o of_o other_o nation_n as_o be_v express_v 2._o chron._n 12.2_o 3._o and_o have_v take_v many_o of_o their_o strong_a city_n at_o length_n he_o go_v up_o against_o jerusalem_n but_o the_o king_n and_o prince_n humble_v themselves_o upon_o the_o lord_n message_n to_o they_o by_o shemaiah_n the_o prophet_n the_o lord_n will_v not_o suffer_v he_o to_o destroy_v they_o utter_o only_a judah_n henceforth_o become_v tributary_n to_o egypt_n and_o shishak_n carry_v away_o as_o a_o ransom_n of_o the_o city_n all_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o of_o the_o king_n house_n 2._o chron._n 12.4_o 9_o verse_n 27._o and_o king_n rehoboam_n make_v in_o their_o stead_n brazen_a shield_n etc._n etc._n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 10.16_o hereby_o it_o appear_v how_o exceed_o the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n be_v impoverish_v by_o this_o invasion_n of_o shishak_n king_n of_o egypt_n the_o israelite_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n be_v far_o more_o gross_o idolatrous_a than_o those_o of_o judah_n and_o yet_o the_o lord_n suffer_v they_o to_o live_v in_o peace_n but_o these_o of_o judah_n have_v scarce_o be_v fall_v away_o two_o year_n from_o the_o pure_a worship_n of_o god_n when_o present_o the_o lord_n do_v with_o great_a severity_n afflict_v they_o a_o clear_a evidence_n of_o god_n more_o tender_a care_n over_o they_o for_o their_o welfare_n verse_n 29._o be_v they_o not_o write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o chronicle_n of_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n in_o 2._o chron._n 12.15_o the_o other_o act_n of_o rehoboam_n first_o and_o last_o be_v say_v to_o have_v be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o shemaiah_n the_o prophet_n and_o of_o iddo_n the_o seer_n concern_v genealogy_n verse_n 31._o and_o abijam_v his_o son_n reign_v in_o his_o stead_n or_o abijah_n 2._o chron._n 12._o chap._n xv._o verse_n 2._o three_o year_n reign_v he_o in_o jerusalem_n abijam_n begin_v his_o reign_n in_o the_o eighteen_o year_n of_o jeroboam_n vers_fw-la 1._o and_o die_v in_o the_o twenty_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n vers_fw-la 9_o whereby_o it_o may_v seem_v that_o he_o reign_v but_o two_o year_n but_o to_o this_o i_o answer_v that_o when_o king_n have_v reign_v two_o complete_a year_n they_o then_o begin_v to_o write_v the_o three_o year_n of_o their_o reign_n and_o so_o it_o be_v with_o abijam_n the_o eighteen_o year_n of_o jeroboam_n be_v the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n the_o nineteenth_o year_n of_o jeroboam_n be_v his_o second_o year_n and_o the_o twenty_o year_n be_v his_o three_o and_o though_o in_o that_o
hill_n verse_n 24._o take_v the_o king_n away_o every_o man_n out_o of_o his_o place_n and_o put_v captain_n in_o their_o room_n this_o they_o add_v as_o imply_v that_o their_o former_a loss_n may_v be_v by_o their_o mean_n rather_o than_o the_o cowardice_n of_o his_o own_o people_n to_o wit_n by_o their_o unfaithfulnesse_n or_o want_n of_o skill_n in_o martial_a affair_n or_o by_o their_o delicacy_n and_o the_o evil_a example_n they_o have_v give_v in_o be_v feast_v and_o drink_v when_o they_o shall_v have_v be_v prepare_v for_o the_o battle_n verse_n 26._o benhadad_a number_v the_o syrian_n and_o go_v up_o to_o aphek_n to_o fight_v against_o israel_n which_o be_v in_o the_o tribe_n of_o asher_n josh_n 19.30_o 31._o and_o here_o benhadad_a now_o choose_v to_o fight_v with_o israel_n not_o only_o because_o it_o be_v a_o plain_a country_n vers_fw-la 23._o let_v we_o fight_v against_o they_o in_o the_o plain_a and_o sure_o we_o shall_v be_v strong_a than_o they_o but_o also_o because_o this_o be_v one_o of_o those_o city_n which_o his_o father_n have_v former_o take_v from_o the_o israelite_n vers_fw-la 34._o and_o so_o hither_o they_o may_v retire_v to_o shelter_v themselves_o if_o the_o battle_n shall_v go_v against_o they_o as_o we_o see_v they_o do_v vers_fw-la 30._o but_o the_o rest_n flee_v to_o aphek_n into_o the_o city_n verse_n 27._o and_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n pitch_v before_o they_o like_o two_o little_a flock_n of_o kid_n hereby_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o israelite_n have_v divide_v their_o force_n into_o two_o body_n and_o be_v but_o weak_o provide_v for_o war_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o syrian_n verse_n 28._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n because_o the_o syrian_n have_v say_v the_o lord_n be_v god_n of_o the_o hill_n but_o he_o be_v not_o god_n of_o the_o valley_n etc._n etc._n as_o if_o he_o shall_v have_v say_v however_o you_o deserve_v not_o the_o least_o help_n from_o heaven_n because_o of_o your_o wickedness_n and_o the_o little_a good_a do_v among_o you_o by_o the_o former_a victory_n i_o give_v you_o yet_o to_o confute_v this_o blasphemy_n of_o the_o syrian_n even_o in_o the_o valley_n i_o will_v again_o deliver_v all_o this_o great_a multitude_n into_o thy_o hand_n verse_n 30._o and_o there_o be_v a_o wall_n fall_v upon_o twenty_o and_o five_o thousand_o of_o the_o man_n that_o be_v leave_v either_o by_o some_o warlike_a stratagem_n of_o the_o israelite_n when_o they_o be_v batter_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o city_n or_o rather_o by_o some_o earthquake_n or_o other_o immediate_a hand_n of_o god_n overturning_a the_o wall_n upon_o they_o perhaps_o when_o they_o be_v busy_v to_o raise_v they_o high_o or_o to_o make_v they_o strong_a that_o under_o the_o covert_n thereof_o they_o may_v the_o better_o shelter_v themselves_o against_o the_o israelite_n or_o while_o they_o be_v stand_v behind_o the_o wall_n to_o defend_v the_o city_n against_o the_o israelite_n that_o seek_v to_o storm_v it_o verse_n 31._o we_o have_v hear_v that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n be_v merciful_a king_n it_o seem_v their_o merciful_a deal_n with_o those_o they_o overcome_v in_o battle_n have_v get_v the_o king_n of_o israel_n this_o report_n among_o other_o nation_n verse_n 34._o and_o benhadad_a say_v unto_o he_o the_o city_n which_o my_o father_n take_v from_o thy_o father_n i_o will_v restore_v this_o may_v be_v mean_v of_o those_o city_n which_o benhadad_a his_o father_n take_v from_o baasha_n king_n of_o israel_n chap._n 15.20_o who_o be_v here_o call_v the_o father_n of_o ahab_n only_o because_o ahab_n succeed_v he_o in_o the_o throne_n yet_o rather_o i_o believe_v that_o as_o now_o so_o former_o in_o the_o day_n of_o omâ—i_n the_o father_n of_o ahab_n the_o syrian_n have_v make_v some_o inroad_n into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n though_o it_o be_v not_o express_v in_o the_o sacred_a story_n and_o take_v some_o city_n in_o that_o invasion_n which_o now_o he_o promise_v to_o restore_v but_o how_o he_o keep_v this_o his_o promise_n we_o may_v see_v in_o the_o war_n which_o ahab_n afterward_o make_v against_o he_o for_o the_o recovery_n of_o ramoth_n gilead_n chapter_n 22.3_o and_o thou_o shall_v make_v street_n for_o thou_o in_o damascus_n as_o my_o father_n make_v in_o samaria_n that_o be_v thou_o shall_v appoint_v thou_o in_o damascus_n place_n of_o free_a trade_n for_o thy_o people_n as_o i_o have_v in_o samaria_n for_o the_o syrian_n or_o else_o the_o street_n here_o mention_v be_v mean_v of_o place_n of_o trade_n for_o the_o syrian_n out_o of_o which_o the_o tribute_n now_o yield_v to_o ahab_n shall_v be_v raise_v yearly_a so_o he_o make_v a_o covenant_n with_o he_o and_o send_v he_o away_o thus_o slight_o do_v ahab_n pass_v over_o the_o great_a damage_n the_o people_n of_o god_n have_v undergo_v by_o his_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n two_o year_n together_o and_o that_o horrible_a blasphemy_n of_o he_o and_o his_o syrian_n in_o say_v that_o the_o lord_n be_v god_n in_o the_o hill_n and_o not_o in_o the_o valley_n but_o in_o the_o mean_a season_n he_o that_o be_v thus_o ready_a to_o pity_v benhadad_a can_v persecute_v the_o poor_a prophet_n of_o god_n and_o not_o show_v they_o the_o least_o mercy_n at_o all_o verse_n 35._o and_o a_o certain_a man_n of_o the_o son_n of_o the_o prophet_n say_v unto_o his_o neighbour_n in_o the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n smite_v i_o i_o pray_v thou_o that_o be_v one_o of_o those_o young_a prophet_n that_o be_v train_v up_o in_o the_o school_n or_o college_n of_o the_o prophet_n under_o their_o age_a father_n do_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n require_v one_o of_o his_o fellow_n prophet_n to_o smite_v he_o to_o wit_n with_o a_o sword_n so_o as_o to_o wound_v he_o as_o appear_v vers_fw-la 37._o and_o this_o he_o require_v first_o that_o be_v wound_v he_o may_v the_o better_o resemble_v a_o soldier_n that_o have_v be_v in_o the_o battle_n to_o who_o custody_n a_o prisoner_n be_v commit_v verse_n 39_o and_o second_o that_o be_v wound_v and_o bloody_a he_o may_v the_o better_o in_o that_o his_o condition_n show_v ahab_n what_o he_o be_v to_o expect_v from_o the_o revenge_a hand_n of_o god_n to_o wit_n that_o the_o lord_n shall_v smite_v he_o and_o that_o his_o blood_n and_o life_n too_o shall_v be_v require_v for_o spare_v benhadad_a for_o thus_o it_o be_v usual_a with_o the_o prophet_n to_o foreshow_v in_o themselves_o a_o shadow_n of_o that_o calamity_n which_o they_o foretell_v shall_v come_v upon_o other_o esay_n 20.2_o 3_o 4_o jerem._n 27.2_o and_o act_v 21.10_o 11._o see_v also_o ezek._n 12.3.12_o verse_n 36._o because_o thou_o have_v not_o obey_v the_o voice_n of_o the_o lord_n behold_v assoon_o as_o thou_o be_v depart_v from_o i_o a_o lion_n shall_v slay_v thou_o it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o this_o his_o neighbour_n that_o refuse_v to_o strike_v he_o be_v one_o of_o his_o fellow-prophet_n and_o so_o be_v conscious_a to_o himself_o that_o what_o the_o prophet_n require_v be_v indeed_o of_o god_n and_o yet_o prefer_v his_o own_o reason_n before_o god_n command_n and_o be_v therefore_o for_o his_o disobedience_n slay_v by_o a_o lion_n however_o herein_o the_o lord_n as_o in_o a_o figure_n discover_v the_o justice_n of_o his_o punish_a ahab_n who_o under_o a_o show_n and_o pretence_n of_o clemency_n spare_v benhadad_a who_o god_n have_v appoint_v to_o utter_v destruction_n verse_n 41._o and_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n discern_v he_o that_o he_o be_v of_o the_o prophet_n it_o seem_v he_o be_v one_o that_o be_v know_v to_o the_o king_n and_o so_o when_o the_o blood_n and_o ash_n be_v wipe_v from_o his_o face_n he_o discern_v who_o he_o be_v or_o else_o he_o may_v know_v he_o by_o his_o attire_n which_o when_o he_o address_v himself_o to_o speak_v to_o the_o king_n have_v wipe_v his_o face_n the_o king_n then_o observe_v and_o not_o before_o verse_n 42._o because_o thou_o have_v let_v go_v out_o of_o thy_o hand_n a_o man_n who_o i_o appoint_v to_o utter_v destruction_n happy_o ahab_n have_v be_v express_o charge_v not_o to_o spare_v benhadad_o but_o however_o the_o prophet_n have_v express_o tell_v he_o vers_n 28._o that_o because_o he_o and_o his_o syrian_n have_v blaspheme_v the_o lord_n say_v the_o lord_n be_v god_n of_o the_o hill_n but_o not_o of_o the_o valley_n therefore_o the_o lord_n will_v deliver_v they_o into_o his_o hand_n neither_o can_v he_o therefore_o spare_v that_o blasphemous_a wretch_n without_o contempt_n of_o god_n know_v will_n who_o have_v deliver_v he_o as_o it_o be_v into_o his_o power_n that_o he_o may_v by_o he_o be_v slay_v for_o his_o blasphemy_n chap._n xxi_o verse_n 3._o the_o lord_n forbid_v it_o i_o that_o i_o shall_v give_v the_o inheritance_n
they_o shall_v by_o way_n of_o derision_n call_v upon_o he_o to_o go_v up_o the_o hill_n as_o common_o it_o be_v think_v these_o word_n be_v speak_v i_o can_v conceive_v verse_n 24._o and_o he_o turn_v back_o and_o look_v on_o they_o and_o curse_v they_o in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v by_o authority_n from_o god_n he_o pronounce_v they_o accurse_v of_o god_n and_o indeed_o therefore_o it_o be_v express_v that_o he_o look_v on_o they_o before_o he_o curse_v they_o to_o intimate_v that_o he_o do_v not_o do_v it_o in_o a_o sudden_a passion_n to_o revenge_v himself_o but_o by_o the_o special_a instinct_n of_o god_n and_o that_o to_o punish_v the_o wickedness_n of_o the_o parent_n in_o the_o death_n of_o these_o their_o misnurtured_a child_n and_o to_o let_v the_o israelite_n see_v that_o if_o god_n will_v so_o severe_o revenge_v the_o reproach_v of_o his_o prophet_n in_o the_o mouth_n of_o little_a child_n much_o less_o will_v he_o endure_v it_o in_o those_o that_o be_v of_o ripe_a year_n it_o be_v strange_a indeed_o that_o the_o prophet_n after_o dare_v go_v to_o beth-el_a but_o he_o go_v under_o god_n protection_n who_o be_v able_a to_o defend_v he_o as_o he_o have_v do_v his_o master_n elijah_n against_o the_o fury_n of_o king_n ahaziah_n when_o he_o have_v fetch_v fire_n from_o heaven_n upon_o his_o captain_n and_o their_o soldier_n chap._n iii_o verse_n 1._o now_o jehoram_n the_o son_n of_o ahâ—â—_n begin_v to_o reign_v over_o israel_n in_o samaria_n the_o eighteen_o year_n of_o jehoshaphat_n etc._n etc._n chap._n 1.17_o it_o be_v say_v that_o he_o succeed_v his_o brother_n ahaziah_n and_o begin_v his_o reign_n in_o the_o second_o year_n of_o jehoram_n the_o son_n of_o jehoshaphat_n but_o that_o be_v only_o because_o jehoshaphat_n when_o he_o go_v with_o ahab_n against_o ramoth_n giâ—ead_n do_v design_n his_o son_n jehoram_n to_o be_v king_n in_o his_o room_n and_o to_o govern_v the_o kingdom_n in_o his_o absence_n howbeit_o at_o his_o return_n he_o resume_v the_o government_n of_o the_o kingdom_n to_o himself_o as_o we_o see_v in_o this_o place_n and_o indeed_o there_o be_v good_a cause_n for_o the_o trouble_n that_o jehoshaphat_n be_v put_v to_o to_o reform_v thing_n at_o his_o return_n 2._o chron._n 19.4_o argue_v no_o small_a distemper_n of_o the_o whole_a country_n through_o the_o misgovernment_n of_o that_o his_o ungodly_a son_n in_o his_o absence_n see_v the_o note_n chap._n 1.17_o verse_n 2._o he_o put_v away_o the_o image_n of_o baal_n that_o his_o father_n have_v make_v that_o be_v he_o suppress_v the_o worship_n of_o baal_n which_o his_o father_n have_v set_v up_o though_o he_o continue_v still_o the_o idolatry_n of_o jeroboam_n in_o his_o golden_a calf_n it_o be_v much_o indeed_o that_o this_o wicked_a king_n shall_v reform_v so_o much_o especial_o his_o mother_n jezebel_n be_v yet_o live_v by_o who_o mean_n the_o worship_n of_o baal_n be_v first_o bring_v in_o but_o it_o may_v well_o be_v that_o his_o conscience_n be_v a_o little_a startle_v with_o the_o death_n first_o of_o his_o father_n and_o then_o of_o his_o brother_n ahaziah_n occasion_v by_o the_o strange_a fall_n that_o he_o get_v and_o with_o the_o late_a revolt_n of_o the_o moabite_n from_o they_o and_o beside_o perhaps_o he_o know_v that_o the_o prophet_n of_o god_n attribute_v these_o thing_n to_o the_o idolatry_n of_o the_o israelite_n and_o therefore_o intend_v a_o expedition_n against_o the_o moabite_n he_o resolve_v first_o to_o suppress_v the_o idolatry_n of_o baal_n that_o so_o his_o war_n against_o moab_n may_v speed_v the_o better_a verse_n 7._o the_o king_n of_o moab_n have_v rebel_v against_o i_o will_v thou_o go_v with_o i_o against_o moab_n to_o battle_n he_o rebel_v in_o the_o day_n of_o ahaziah_n immediate_o after_o the_o death_n of_o ahab_n their_o father_n chap._n 1.1_o but_o ahaziah_n be_v king_n little_a above_o a_o year_n and_o the_o most_o of_o that_o time_n perhaps_o bedrid_a with_o his_o fall_n and_o so_o can_v not_o undertake_v the_o reduce_n of_o moab_n to_o their_o former_a obedience_n and_o so_o now_o jehoram_n his_o brother_n undertake_v it_o so_o soon_o as_o ever_o he_o come_v to_o the_o crown_n and_o he_o say_v i_o will_v go_v up_o etc._n etc._n whether_o it_o be_v out_o of_o a_o desire_n that_o jehoshaphat_n have_v to_o be_v avenge_v on_o the_o moabite_n for_o their_o defection_n from_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n to_o israel_n for_o be_v former_o tributary_n to_o david_n and_o solomon_n they_o have_v leave_v the_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o give_v themselves_o for_o vassal_n unto_o this_o time_n to_o jeroboam_n and_o his_o successor_n or_o for_o that_o they_o have_v late_o with_o other_o nation_n make_v war_n upon_o he_o and_o invade_v his_o land_n 2._o chron._n 20.1_o or_o whether_o it_o be_v because_o joram_n king_n of_o israel_n have_v put_v down_o the_o worship_n of_o baal_n in_o his_o kingdom_n and_o so_o in_o this_o regard_n he_o think_v he_o may_v the_o more_o safe_o join_v with_o he_o in_o this_o war_n against_o moab_n though_o he_o have_v be_v former_o reprove_v by_o god_n prophet_n first_o for_o aid_v ahab_n when_o he_o go_v against_o ramoth_n gilead_n 2._o chron._n 19.2_o and_o second_o for_o join_v himself_o with_o amaziah_n to_o make_v ship_n to_o go_v to_o tarshish_n 2._o chron._n 20.37_o yet_o now_o again_o he_o join_v himself_o with_o jehoram_n the_o son_n of_o ahab_n and_o brother_n of_o amaziah_n in_o this_o his_o war_n against_o the_o moabite_n verse_n 8._o and_o he_o say_v which_o way_n shall_v we_o go_v up_o and_o he_o answer_v the_o way_n through_o the_o wilderness_n of_o edom._n that_o be_v jehoram_n ask_v jehoshaphat_n which_o way_n they_o shall_v go_v and_o jehoshaphat_n advise_v they_o to_o go_v the_o way_n through_o the_o wilderness_n of_o edom_n to_o wit_n either_o that_o they_o may_v come_v upon_o the_o moabite_n by_o a_o way_n they_o look_v not_o for_o they_o or_o that_o they_o may_v take_v the_o king_n of_o edom_n and_o his_o force_n along_o with_o he_o or_o else_o the_o better_a to_o assure_v that_o nation_n of_o the_o edomite_n by_o the_o way_n of_o who_o they_o have_v the_o more_o cause_n to_o be_v jealous_a because_o some_o of_o they_o have_v late_o be_v in_o the_o field_n at_o engaddi_n against_o jehoshaphat_n together_o with_o the_o moabite_n and_o the_o ammonite_n 2._o chron_n 20.22_o the_o lord_n set_v ambushment_n against_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n moab_n and_o mount_v seir_n which_o be_v come_v against_o judah_n and_o they_o be_v smite_v though_o at_o this_o time_n they_o be_v tributary_n to_o jehoshaphat_n and_o so_o continue_v till_o his_o son_n reign_n 2_o chron._n 21.8_o verse_n 9_o so_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n go_v and_o the_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o the_o king_n of_o edom_n that_o be_v the_o viceroy_n of_o edom_n who_o jehoshaphat_n have_v set_v over_o they_o for_o as_o yet_o they_o have_v no_o king_n of_o their_o own_o 2._o chron._n 21.8_o verse_n 11._o here_o be_v elisha_n the_o son_n of_o shaphat_n which_o pour_v water_n on_o the_o hand_n of_o elijah_n that_o be_v here_o be_v elisha_n the_o servant_n or_o minister_n of_o elijah_n whether_o in_o this_o particular_a elijah_n make_v use_v of_o elishaes_n service_n we_o need_v not_o inquire_v because_o this_o be_v the_o ordinary_a employment_n of_o servant_n that_o attend_v upon_o their_o master_n therefore_o with_o this_o proverbial_a kind_n of_o speech_n this_o courtier_n speak_v of_o he_o as_o elijah_n attendant_a here_o be_v elishah_n that_o pour_v water_n on_o the_o hand_n of_o elijah_n and_o no_o doubt_n it_o be_v by_o the_o special_a instinct_n of_o god_n spirit_n that_o elisha_n be_v come_v along_o with_o the_o army_n into_o these_o desert_n of_o edom._n verse_n 12._o and_o jehoshaphat_n say_v the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v with_o he_o so_o he_o judge_v both_o because_o he_o be_v the_o disciple_n of_o so_o great_a a_o prophet_n and_o perhaps_o his_o fame_n be_v already_o spread_v abroad_o as_o also_o because_o he_o conceive_v there_o be_v something_o in_o it_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v now_o come_v with_o the_o army_n so_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n and_o jehoshaphat_n and_o the_o king_n of_o edom_n go_v down_o to_o he_o it_o be_v very_o much_o that_o three_o king_n shall_v go_v down_o to_o the_o prophet_n and_o that_o they_o do_v not_o rather_o send_v for_o elisha_n to_o come_v to_o they_o as_o at_o other_o time_n the_o king_n of_o israel_n and_o judah_n be_v wont_a to_o do_v but_o first_o the_o great_a extremity_n they_o be_v now_o in_o may_v make_v they_o desirous_a to_o ingratiate_v themselves_o to_o elisha_n by_o all_o possible_a mean_n second_o it_o be_v like_a enough_o that_o jehoshaphat_n may_v advise_v he_o hereto_o and_o that_o
of_o the_o country_n and_o therefore_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n before_o samaria_n as_o be_v here_o clear_o employ_v in_o that_o it_o be_v say_v that_o menahem_n smite_v all_o the_o coast_n of_o tiphsah_n from_o tirzah_n that_o be_v as_o far_o as_o tirzah_n therefore_o i_o conceive_v that_o this_o be_v some_o other_o tiphsah_n that_o be_v not_o far_o from_o tirzah_n the_o cause_n why_o menahem_n smite_v this_o city_n be_v here_o say_v to_o be_v because_o they_o open_v not_o to_o he_o it_o seem_v they_o refuse_v to_o acknowledge_v he_o for_o their_o king_n and_o will_v not_o open_v their_o gate_n to_o receive_v he_o whereupon_o be_v enrage_v against_o they_o like_o a_o true_a tyrant_n to_o make_v the_o other_o city_n afraid_a to_o follow_v their_o example_n he_o smite_v not_o only_o the_o city_n but_o all_o the_o coast_n about_o it_o destroy_v the_o inhabitant_n and_o exercise_v therein_o all_o kind_n of_o cruelty_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o particular_a instance_n here_o give_v all_o the_o woman_n therein_o that_o be_v with_o child_n he_o rip_v up_o verse_n 19_o and_o pull_v the_o king_n of_o assyria_n come_v against_o the_o land_n etc._n etc._n this_o be_v the_o first_o babylonian_n monarch_n call_v in_o other_o writer_n belosus_fw-la and_o phul-belosus_a the_o assyrian_n have_v hitherto_o be_v the_o great_a monarch_n of_o the_o world_n but_o this_o pull_v or_o belosus_fw-la join_v with_o arbaces_n the_o mede_n besiege_v sardanapalus_n the_o last_o of_o the_o assyrian_a monarch_n a_o effeminate_a prince_n and_o hate_v of_o all_o his_o subject_n until_o at_o last_o after_o two_o year_n siege_n in_o despair_n he_o burn_v himself_o and_o thereupon_o his_o monarchy_n be_v divide_v arbaces_n take_v to_o himself_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n and_o pull_v or_o belosus_fw-la the_o empire_n of_o babylon_n and_o assyria_n and_o therefore_o call_v himself_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n and_o this_o be_v he_o that_o now_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n and_o though_o the_o cause_n of_o the_o invasion_n be_v not_o here_o express_v yet_o most_o likely_a it_o be_v that_o by_o the_o arabian_n and_o syrian_n from_o who_o jeroboam_n the_o second_o have_v take_v much_o chap._n 14.28_o he_o recover_v damascus_n and_o hamath_n etc._n etc._n he_o be_v now_o call_v in_o to_o invade_v the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n when_o it_o have_v be_v many_o year_n together_o weaken_v by_o those_o civil_a and_o intestine_a broil_n before_o mention_v that_o be_v in_o the_o land_n and_o menahem_n give_v pull_v a_o thousand_o talent_n of_o silver_n that_o his_o hand_n may_v be_v with_o they_o etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o not_o only_o purchase_v his_o peace_n with_o the_o assyrian_a king_n by_o that_o gift_n but_o also_o procure_v a_o promise_n of_o his_o aid_n upon_o all_o occasion_n for_o the_o establishment_n of_o his_o kingdom_n whereby_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o though_o he_o have_v usurp_v the_o kingdom_n yet_o he_o enjoy_v it_o not_o without_o opposition_n verse_n 25._o and_o smite_v he_o in_o samaria_n in_o the_o palace_n of_o the_o king_n house_n with_o argob_n and_o arieh_n and_o with_o he_o fifty_o man_n of_o the_o gileadite_n these_o it_o seem_v be_v pekah_n partner_n in_o his_o conspiracy_n against_o pekahiah_n the_o son_n of_o menahem_n verse_n 29._o in_o the_o day_n of_o pekah_n king_n of_o israel_n come_v tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assryia_n etc._n etc._n he_o be_v call_v tilgath-pilnese_a 1._o chron._n 5.26_o and_o be_v doubtless_o the_o son_n of_o pull_v king_n of_o assyria_n that_o have_v not_o many_o year_n before_o invade_v the_o land_n in_o the_o day_n of_o menahem_n vers_fw-la 19_o and_o therefore_o call_v tiglath-pull-assir_a the_o cause_n why_o he_o now_o come_v into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n be_v express_v elsewhere_o though_o it_o be_v not_o mention_v here_o it_o seem_v this_o pekah_n king_n of_o israel_n combine_v with_o rezin_n king_n of_o syria_n against_o ahaz_n king_n of_o judah_n and_o do_v first_o several_o invade_v his_o land_n and_o sore_o oppress_v he_o and_o then_o afterward_o joint_o go_v up_o to_o besiege_v ahaz_n king_n of_o judah_n in_o jerusalem_n whereupon_o ahaz_n be_v at_o the_o same_o time_n invade_v also_o in_o other_o part_n of_o his_o kingdom_n by_o other_o neighbour_a nation_n send_v to_o this_o great_a king_n of_o assyria_n to_o desire_v his_o help_n against_o these_o two_o king_n as_o be_v express_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n vers_fw-la 7._o so_o ahaz_n send_v messenger_n to_o tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assyria_n say_v i_o be_o thy_o servant_n and_o thy_o son_n come_v up_o and_o save_v i_o out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o king_n of_o syria_n and_o out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n which_o rise_v up_o against_o i_o and_o thereupon_o he_o come_v as_o he_o desire_v into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n the_o rather_o happy_o because_o this_o pekah_n have_v slay_v the_o son_n of_o menahem_n who_o his_o father_n pull_v have_v settle_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n as_o be_v before_o note_v and_o so_o take_v the_o several_a place_n here_o mention_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n to_o wit_n ijon_n and_o abel-beth-maachah_a and_o janoah_n a_o town_n belong_v to_o ephraim_n josh_n 16.6_o and_o kedesh_n and_o hazer_n city_n of_o napthali_n josh_n 19.36_o 37._o and_o gilead_n that_o be_v all_o the_o land_n without_o jordan_n where_o the_o rubenites_n and_o gadite_n and_o half_a tribe_n of_o manasseh_n have_v their_o possession_n and_o galilee_n all_o the_o land_n of_o napthali_n and_o carry_v they_o captive_a to_o assyria_n so_o that_o indeed_o at_o this_o time_n he_o subdue_v in_o a_o manner_n five_o tribe_n of_o israel_n to_o wit_n those_o without_o jordan_n who_o as_o they_o have_v first_o their_o inheritance_n give_v they_o so_o they_o be_v now_o first_o carry_v away_o captive_n and_o the_o tribe_n of_o zebulon_n and_o napthali_n who_o be_v seat_v in_o the_o land_n of_o galilee_n and_o this_o be_v the_o first_o captivity_n of_o israel_n neither_o do_v we_o ever_o read_v that_o these_o that_o be_v now_o carry_v away_o or_o their_o posterity_n do_v ever_o return_v again_o into_o the_o land_n of_o israel_n as_o those_o of_o judah_n do_v that_o be_v afterward_o carry_v into_o babylon_n whence_o it_o be_v that_o when_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n threaten_v the_o jew_n with_o the_o captivity_n of_o babylon_n he_o add_v this_o as_o a_o comfort_n that_o their_o calamity_n shall_v not_o be_v such_o as_o when_o their_o brethren_n of_o israel_n be_v carry_v captive_a into_o assyria_n isa_n 9.1_o nevertheless_o the_o dimness_n shall_v not_o be_v such_o as_o be_v in_o her_o vexation_n when_o at_o the_o first_o he_o light_o afflict_v the_o land_n of_o zebulon_n and_o the_o land_n of_o naphtali_n and_o afterward_o do_v more_o grievous_o afflict_v she_o by_o the_o way_n of_o the_o sea_n beyond_o jordan_n in_o galilee_n of_o the_o nation_n verse_n 30._o and_o hoshea_n the_o son_n of_o elah_n make_v a_o conspiracy_n against_o pekah_n etc._n etc._n doubtless_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n be_v great_o enrage_v because_o so_o many_o of_o their_o tribe_n be_v carry_v away_o captive_a into_o assyria_n by_o tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assyria_n and_o lay_v all_o the_o blame_n upon_o this_o their_o unfortunate_a king_n pekah_n partly_o because_o by_o make_v war_n against_o ahaz_n king_n of_o judah_n causelesse_o he_o have_v provoke_v ahaz_n to_o call_v in_o the_o assyrian_n to_o his_o help_n and_o partly_o because_o he_o get_v the_o kingdom_n by_o slay_v pekahiah_n the_o son_n of_o menahem_n who_o the_o assyrian_a king_n have_v settle_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o israel_n now_o be_v thus_o fall_v under_o the_o contempt_n and_o hatred_n of_o his_o people_n it_o be_v no_o wonder_n that_o hoshea_n shall_v find_v enough_o that_o will_v join_v with_o he_o in_o a_o conspiracy_n to_o kill_v he_o which_o according_o they_o accomplish_v and_o so_o the_o lord_n cut_v he_o off_o by_o a_o conspiracy_n of_o his_o subject_n that_o himself_o get_v the_o crown_n by_o the_o murder_n of_o pekahiah_n his_o sovereign_n and_o reign_v in_o his_o stead_n in_o the_o twenty_o year_n of_o jotham_n the_o son_n of_o uzziah_n here_o it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o hoshea_n have_v slay_v pekah_n begin_v his_o reign_n in_o the_o twenty_o year_n of_o jotham_n and_o yet_o afterward_o vers_fw-la 33._o it_o be_v say_v that_o jotham_n reign_v but_o sixteen_o year_n and_o in_o the_o first_o verse_n of_o the_o next_o chapter_n it_o be_v say_v that_o ahaz_n the_o son_n of_o jotham_n begin_v his_o reign_n in_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o pekah_n but_o to_o reconcile_v these_o seem_a contradiction_n we_o must_v know_v that_o jotham_n live_v twenty_o year_n after_o he_o be_v settle_v in_o the_o throne_n of_o judah_n upon_o the_o death_n of_o
twenty_o year_n chap._n 15.27_o and_o ahaz_n begin_v not_o his_o reign_n till_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o pekah_n vers_fw-la 1._o in_o the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o pekah_n the_o son_n of_o remaliah_n ahaz_n the_o son_n of_o jotham_n king_n of_o judah_n begin_v to_o reign_v and_o as_o ahaz_n exceed_v all_o the_o king_n before_o he_o in_o wickedness_n so_o the_o judgement_n that_o god_n bring_v upon_o his_o kingdom_n be_v most_o terrible_a first_o they_o each_o invade_v the_o land_n several_o as_o be_v relate_v in_o the_o chronicle_n and_o both_o of_o they_o prevail_v against_o ahaz_n and_o exceed_o weaken_a and_o spoil_v his_o country_n for_o rezin_n carry_v away_o many_o of_o the_o people_n captive_n to_o damascus_n and_o pekah_n slay_v in_o one_o day_n one_o hundred_o and_o twenty_o thousand_o of_o they_o among_o who_o be_v maaseiah_n the_o king_n son_n he_o sacrifice_v one_o son_n to_o his_o idol-god_n and_o now_o another_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o sword_n of_o his_o enemy_n and_o azrikam_n the_o governor_n of_o his_o house_n and_o elkanah_n the_o second_o person_n to_o the_o king_n who_o be_v slay_v by_o zichri_fw-la a_o mighty_a man_n of_o ephraim_n and_o carry_v away_o also_o two_o hundred_o thousand_o prisoner_n woman_n and_o child_n though_o indeed_o by_o the_o counsel_n of_o the_o prophet_n od_v they_o be_v return_v and_o deliver_v back_o again_o 2._o chron._n 28.5_o 15._o but_o this_o invasion_n here_o speak_v of_o be_v after_o they_o when_o not_o content_a with_o what_o spoil_n they_o have_v make_v in_o judah_n they_o resolve_v to_o join_v their_o force_n together_o and_o to_o go_v up_o and_o besiege_v jerusalem_n and_o to_o depose_v ahaz_n and_o make_v the_o son_n of_o tabeal_n king_n of_o judah_n isa_n 7.5_o 6._o because_o syria_n ephraim_n and_o the_o son_n of_o remaliah_n have_v take_v evil_a counsel_n against_o thou_o say_v let_v we_o go_v up_o against_o judah_n and_o vex_v it_o and_o let_v we_o make_v a_o breach_n in_o it_o for_o we_o and_o set_v up_o a_o king_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o even_o the_o son_n of_o tabeal_n for_o this_o be_v that_o confederacy_n of_o rezin_n and_o pekah_n whereof_o the_o prophet_n speak_v in_o that_o chapter_n when_o as_o be_v there_o relate_v the_o king_n and_o people_n be_v grievous_o affright_v at_o the_o tiding_n of_o it_o isaiah_n be_v send_v to_o comfort_n ahaz_n and_o to_o assure_v he_o that_o they_o shall_v not_o prevail_v against_o he_o to_o which_o end_n when_o he_o have_v give_v he_o liberty_n to_o ask_v what_o sign_n he_o will_v and_o ahaz_n refuse_v to_o ask_v a_o sign_n he_o have_v for_o a_o sign_n give_v he_o a_o most_o glorious_a promise_n of_o christ_n vers_fw-la 14._o the_o lord_n himself_o shall_v give_v you_o a_o sign_n behold_v a_o virgin_n shall_v conceive_v and_o bear_v a_o son_n and_o shall_v call_v his_o name_n emmanuel_n isaiah_n 7.1_o 16._o and_o they_o besiege_v ahaz_n but_o can_v not_o overcome_v he_o and_o so_o these_o two_o king_n that_o assure_v themselves_o of_o such_o success_n because_o in_o their_o former_a invasion_n they_o have_v so_o spoil_v and_o weaken_v the_o land_n of_o judah_n prove_v in_o the_o conclusion_n but_o as_o two_o tail_n of_o smoke_a firebrand_n as_o the_o prophet_n call_v they_o isa_n 7.4_o that_o be_v their_o great_a attempt_n vanish_v into_o smoke_n though_o they_o think_v to_o have_v devour_v and_o burn_v up_o all_o before_o they_o verse_n 6._o at_o that_o time_n rezin_n king_n of_o syria_n recover_v elath_n to_o syria_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v be_v force_v to_o leave_v the_o siege_n of_o jerusalem_n he_o go_v perhaps_o with_o their_o joint_a force_n to_o elath_n which_o azariah_n or_o uzziah_n the_o grandfather_n of_o ahaz_n have_v take_v from_o the_o syrian_n chap._n 14.22_o and_o take_v it_o and_o restore_v it_o to_o syria_n verse_n 7._o so_o ahaz_n send_v messenger_n to_o tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assyria_n say_v i_o be_o thy_o servant_n and_o thy_o son_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v he_o yield_v to_o be_v his_o vassal_n and_o tributary_n upon_o condition_n he_o will_v come_v to_o help_v he_o and_o hence_o it_o be_v say_v chap._n 18.7_o that_o hezekiah_n rebel_v against_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n just_o the_o same_o time_n when_o rezin_n and_o pekah_n vex_v judah_n on_o the_o north_n the_o edomite_n and_o philistine_n lay_v hold_n on_o this_o advantage_n enter_v upon_o they_o from_o the_o south_n slay_v many_o people_n carry_v away_o many_o prisoner_n yea_o the_o philistine_n take_v six_o city_n which_o have_v former_o belong_v to_o judah_n whereupon_o ahaz_n see_v himself_o environ_v on_o all_o side_n he_o send_v for_o aid_n unto_o the_o assyrian_a king_n 2_o chron._n 28.16_o 17_o 18._o at_o the_o same_o time_n do_v king_n ahaz_n send_v unto_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n to_o help_v he_o for_o again_o the_o edomite_n have_v come_v and_o and_o smite_v judah_n and_o carry_v away_o captive_n the_o philistine_n also_o have_v invade_v the_o city_n of_o the_o low_a country_n and_o of_o the_o south_n of_o judah_n when_o he_o crave_v this_o aid_n it_o be_v not_o certain_a but_o certain_a it_o be_v first_o that_o he_o sin_v in_o crave_v the_o assyrian_n help_v because_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n have_v assure_v he_o that_o these_o two_o king_n shall_v not_o be_v able_a to_o hurt_v he_o second_o that_o rezin_n and_o pekah_n be_v go_v from_o jerusalem_n before_o the_o assyrian_a come_v against_o they_o for_o else_o rezin_n will_v not_o have_v go_v with_o his_o army_n to_o elath_n to_o recover_v that_o as_o vers_n 6._o it_o be_v say_v he_o do_v and_o three_o when_o the_o assyrian_a do_v come_v he_o distress_a ahaz_n but_o he_o help_v he_o not_o verse_n 9_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n go_v up_o against_o damascus_n and_o take_v it_o etc._n etc._n though_o rezin_n and_o pekah_n be_v go_v from_o the_o siege_n of_o jerusalem_n before_o the_o assyrian_n come_v to_o help_v ahaz_n yet_o when_o he_o come_v he_o invade_v the_o land_n of_o israel_n where_o what_o havoc_n he_o make_v we_o hear_v before_o chap._n 15.29_o in_o the_o day_n of_o pekah_n king_n of_o israel_n come_v tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assyria_n and_o take_v ijon_n and_o abel-beth-maachah_a and_o janoah_n and_o kedâ—sh_v and_o hazor_n and_o gilead_n and_o galilee_n all_o the_o land_n of_o naphtali_n and_o carry_v they_o captive_a to_o assyria_n and_o then_o at_o the_o same_o time_n as_o be_v here_o say_v he_o go_v against_o damascus_n and_o slay_v rezin_n and_o carry_v the_o people_n captive_n to_o kir_n of_o which_o amos_n have_v long_o before_o prophesy_v in_o the_o day_n of_o uzziah_n amos_n 1.3_o 4_o 5._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n for_o three_o transgression_n of_o damascus_n and_o for_o four_o i_o will_v not_o turn_v away_o the_o punishment_n thereof_o because_o they_o have_v thresh_v gilead_n with_o thresh_a instrument_n of_o iron_n but_o i_o will_v send_v a_o fire_n into_o the_o house_n of_o hazael_n which_o shall_v devour_v the_o palace_n of_o benhadad_a i_o will_v break_v also_o the_o bar_n of_o damascus_n and_o cut_v off_o the_o inhabitant_n from_o the_o plain_a of_o aven_n and_o he_o that_o hold_v the_o sceptre_n from_o the_o house_n of_o eden_n and_o the_o people_n of_o syria_n shall_v go_v into_o captivity_n unto_o kir_n say_v the_o lord_n and_o after_o isaiah_n foretell_v the_o same_o isaiah_n 8.3_o 4._o verse_n 10._o and_o king_n ahaz_n go_v to_o damascus_n to_o meet_v tiglath-pilese_a king_n of_o assyria_n to_o wit_n to_o congratulate_v his_o success_n in_o take_v damascus_n doubtless_o he_o be_v high_o please_v with_o see_v his_o enemy_n that_o have_v late_o besiege_v he_o in_o jerusalem_n bring_v on_o a_o sudden_a so_o low_a rezin_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o kingdom_n quite_o lose_v and_o the_o king_n of_o israel_n extreme_o weaken_v and_o bring_v into_o contempt_n among_o his_o subject_n by_o the_o carry_v away_o of_o five_o tribe_n of_o israel_n captives_z into_o assyria_n and_o it_o be_v very_o likely_a that_o he_o triumph_v in_o the_o success_n of_o his_o own_o counsel_n in_o send_v for_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n contrary_a to_o what_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n have_v advise_v isaiah_n 7.4_o little_o think_v that_o within_o a_o few_o year_n that_o very_a nation_n in_o who_o victory_n he_o now_o triumph_v shall_v utter_o ruin_v the_o kingdom_n of_o judah_n as_o they_o have_v do_v other_o kingdom_n of_o which_o it_o seem_v the_o prophet_n isaiah_n give_v ahaz_n warning_n isaiah_n 7.17_o the_o lord_n shall_v bring_v upon_o thou_o and_o upon_o thy_o people_n and_o upon_o thy_o father_n house_n day_n that_o have_v not_o come_v from_o the_o day_n that_o ephraim_n depart_v from_o judah_n even_o the_o king_n of_o assyria_n and_o see_v a_o altar_n that_o be_v at_o damascus_n and_o king_n ahaz_n send_v to_o urijah_n the_o
against_o josiah_n but_o all_o suffer_v not_o to_o prevail_v with_o he_o 2._o chron._n 35.21_o 22._o which_o make_v it_o most_o probable_a that_o he_o do_v it_o not_o so_o much_o out_o of_o a_o fear_n of_o suffer_v so_o great_a a_o army_n to_o enter_v his_o country_n as_o because_o he_o think_v himself_o bind_v in_o faith_n and_o honour_n to_o hinder_v he_o in_o his_o enterprise_n against_o the_o babylonian_n to_o who_o he_o be_v oblige_v either_o by_o covenant_n make_v at_o the_o enlargement_n of_o manasseh_n or_o by_o gift_n of_o such_o part_n as_o he_o hold_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n but_o the_o success_n be_v that_o pharaoh_n slay_v josiah_n he_o slay_v he_o at_o megiddo_n when_o he_o have_v see_v he_o that_o be_v at_o the_o first_o encounter_n when_o he_o have_v fight_v with_o he_o according_a to_o that_o phrase_n chap._n 14.8_o come_v let_v we_o look_v one_o another_o in_o the_o face_n of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n there_o and_o thus_o god_n punish_v the_o wickedness_n of_o the_o people_n by_o take_v their_o good_a king_n from_o they_o verse_n 30._o and_o his_o servant_n carry_v he_o in_o a_o chariot_n dead_a from_o megiddo_n etc._n etc._n they_o take_v he_o out_o of_o the_o chariot_n wherein_o he_o be_v wound_v and_o put_v he_o in_o his_o second_o chariot_n and_o so_o go_v present_o to_o jerusalem_n with_o he_o but_o be_v mortal_o wound_v he_o die_v by_o the_o way_n hence_o it_o be_v say_v here_o that_o they_o carry_v he_o dead_a from_o megiddo_n and_o yet_o in_o 2._o chron._n 35.29_o that_o they_o bring_v he_o to_o jerusalem_n and_o he_o die_v and_o be_v bury_v etc._n etc._n what_o great_a mourning_n there_o be_v for_o his_o death_n we_o may_v see_v 2._o chron._n 35.24_o and_o jeremiah_n lament_v for_o josiah_n and_o all_o the_o sing_a man_n and_o sing_v woman_n speak_v of_o josiah_n in_o their_o lamentation_n unto_o this_o day_n and_o make_v they_o a_o ordinance_n in_o israel_n and_o behold_v they_o be_v write_v in_o the_o lamentation_n whence_o be_v that_o zach._n 12.11_o in_o that_o day_n shall_v there_o be_v great_a mourning_n in_o jerusalem_n as_o the_o mourning_n of_o hadadrimmon_n in_o the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n and_o the_o people_n of_o the_o land_n take_v jehoahaz_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n and_o anoint_v he_o etc._n etc._n we_o read_v of_o four_o son_n that_o josiah_n have_v 1._o chron._n 3.15_o johanan_n joakim_n zedekiah_n and_o shallum_n of_o johanan_n we_o find_v not_o where_o else_o any_o mention_n either_o jehoahaz_n must_v therefore_o be_v the_o same_o that_o be_v call_v there_o johanan_n and_o shallum_n jer._n 22.11_o and_o then_o it_o be_v no_o wonder_n though_o the_o people_n make_v he_o king_n be_v the_o first_o bear_v or_o else_o rather_o we_o must_v hold_v that_o happy_o johanan_n the_o first_o bear_v dye_v before_o his_o father_n and_o so_o be_v never_o king_n and_o that_o this_o jehoahaz_n be_v the_o same_o that_o be_v call_v shallum_n 1._o chron._n 3.15_o and_o be_v anoint_v king_n by_o the_o people_n though_o he_o be_v not_o the_o elder_a of_o josiahs_n son_n of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n vers_n 36._o either_o perhaps_o because_o he_o be_v best_o affect_v to_o the_o king_n of_o babel_n or_o because_o he_o be_v most_o warlike_a and_o valiant_a and_o the_o most_o likely_a therefore_o to_o defend_v they_o against_o necho_n king_n of_o egypt_n verse_n 32._o and_o he_o do_v that_o which_o be_v evil_a in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n he_o present_o set_v up_o again_o the_o idolatry_n which_o his_o father_n josiah_n have_v suppress_v and_o most_o grievous_o oppress_v the_o people_n perhaps_o the_o faithful_a that_o dislike_v this_o alteration_n and_o in_o regard_n of_o this_o he_o be_v compare_v to_o a_o young_a lion_n that_o devour_v man_n ezekiel_n 19.2_o 3_o 4._o verse_n 33._o and_o pharaoh_n necho_n put_v he_o in_o band_n at_o riblath_n etc._n etc._n pharaoh_n necho_n return_v with_o victory_n from_o charchemish_n where_o he_o have_v vanquish_v the_o babylonian_a be_v willing_a to_o revenge_v the_o opposition_n that_o be_v make_v against_o he_o at_o his_o go_v forth_o by_o josiah_n and_o his_o people_n who_o seek_v to_o stop_v he_o in_o his_o passage_n through_o judea_n and_o so_o make_v use_n of_o the_o dissension_n betwixt_o jehoahaz_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n by_o his_o wife_n hamutall_a and_o eliakim_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n by_o his_o wife_n zebudah_n who_o be_v the_o elder_n of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n vers_n 36._o be_v probable_o think_v to_o have_v storm_v that_o his_o young_a brother_n shall_v get_v the_o kingdom_n from_o he_o he_o soon_o get_v jehoahaz_n or_o shallum_n into_o his_o power_n and_o the_o rather_o to_o testify_v that_o the_o kingdom_n be_v now_o at_o his_o dispose_n he_o depose_v he_o giving_z away_o his_o kingdom_n to_o eliakim_n his_o elder_a brother_n to_o who_o of_o right_n it_o do_v belong_v only_o impose_v a_o tribute_n upon_o he_o and_o the_o people_n and_o so_o carry_v away_o jehoahaz_n or_o shallum_n prisoner_n into_o egypt_n where_o he_o die_v according_a to_o the_o prophecy_n of_o jeremiah_n jer._n 22.10_o 11._o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n touch_v shallum_n the_o son_n of_o josiah_n king_n of_o judah_n which_o reign_v instead_o of_o josiah_n his_o father_n which_o go_v forth_o out_o of_o this_o place_n he_o shall_v not_o return_v thither_o any_o more_o verse_n 36._o jehoiakim_n be_v twenty_o and_o five_o year_n old_a when_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v hereby_o it_o be_v gather_v that_o eliakim_n call_v by_o pharaoh_n jehoiakim_n be_v the_o elder_a brother_n because_o jehoahaz_n when_o he_o be_v make_v king_n by_o the_o people_n three_o month_n before_o this_o be_v but_o twenty_o three_o year_n old_a indeed_o they_o that_o hold_v that_o jehoahaz_n be_v the_o elder_a brother_n as_o be_v the_o same_o that_o be_v call_v johanan_n the_o first_o bear_v 1._o chro._n 3.15_o they_o say_v that_o the_o begin_n of_o jehoiakim_v reign_v be_v account_v from_o the_o death_n of_o jehoahaz_n in_o egypt_n because_o till_o he_o be_v dead_a he_o govern_v but_o as_o a_o viceroy_n in_o stead_n of_o his_o brother_n but_o because_o he_o be_v by_o pharaoh_n make_v absolute_a king_n more_o probable_a it_o be_v that_o he_o be_v the_o elder_a brother_n verse_n 37._o and_o he_o do_v that_o which_o be_v evil_a in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n as_o be_v a_o idolator_n and_o a_o cruel_a oppressor_n of_o the_o people_n the_o rather_o happy_o in_o revenge_n because_o they_o have_v former_o prefer_v his_o young_a brother_n before_o he_o which_o be_v large_o express_v jer._n 22.13_o 19_o and_o ezek._n 19.5_o 6_o 7._o but_o herein_o be_v his_o impiety_n chief_o discover_v because_o when_o the_o prophet_n denounce_v judgement_n against_o he_o and_o his_o people_n for_o their_o evil_a way_n he_o will_v not_o endure_v it_o but_o persecute_v they_o for_o it_o one_o remarkable_a instance_n whereof_o which_o happen_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o reign_n we_o have_v jer._n 26.20.23_o there_o be_v also_o a_o man_n that_o prophesy_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n vrijah_n the_o son_n of_o shemaiah_n of_o kiriath-jearim_a who_o prophesy_v against_o this_o city_n and_o against_o this_o land_n according_a to_o all_o the_o word_n of_o jeremiah_n and_o they_o fetch_v forth_o vrijah_n out_o of_o egypt_n and_o bring_v he_o unto_o jehoiakim_n the_o king_n who_o slay_v he_o with_o the_o sword_n and_o cast_v his_o dead_a body_n into_o the_o grave_n of_o the_o common_a people_n chap._n xxiv_o verse_n 1._o in_o his_o day_n nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n come_v up_o etc._n etc._n about_o three_o year_n it_o be_v evident_a that_o jehoiakim_n do_v peaceable_o enjoy_v the_o throne_n of_o judah_n whereon_o pharaoh_n necho_n king_n of_o egypt_n have_v set_v he_o for_o it_o be_v the_o three_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n ere_o the_o babylonian_n come_v up_o against_o he_o dan._n 1.1_o in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o jehoiakim_n king_n of_o judah_n come_v nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o the_o better_a to_o prevent_v all_o change_n and_o to_o settle_v the_o kingdom_n in_o his_o line_n according_a to_o the_o accustom_a policy_n practise_v by_o his_o forefather_n in_o the_o second_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n he_o make_v his_o son_n jehoiachin_n or_o jeconiah_n king_n with_o he_o when_o the_o boy_n be_v but_o eight_o year_n old_a 2._o chron._n 36.9_o of_o which_o see_v the_o note_n vers_n 8._o but_o after_o he_o have_v three_o year_n peaceable_o enjoy_v his_o kingdom_n pay_v tribute_n to_o the_o king_n of_o egypt_n in_o his_o four_o year_n jeremiah_n prophesy_v that_o nabuchadnezzar_n king_n of_o babylon_n shall_v invade_v the_o land_n and_o that_o both_o they_o and_o all_o the_o neighbour_a nation_n about_o they_o shall_v become_v
babylon_n 2._o king_n 24.15_o together_o with_o ten_o thousand_o captive_n of_o the_o people_n vers_fw-la 12_o 13_o 14._o and_o make_v zedekiah_n his_o brother_n king_n over_o judah_n and_o jerusalem_n that_o be_v his_o uncle_n his_o father_n brother_n by_o the_o father_n but_o the_o brother_n of_o jehoahaz_n both_o by_o father_n and_o mother_n see_v 2._o king_n 24.17_o 18._o verse_n 13._o and_o he_o also_o rebel_v against_o king_n nabuchadnezzar_n who_o have_v make_v he_o swear_v by_o god_n which_o do_v great_o aggravate_v his_o sin_n ezek._n 17.15_o 16._o but_o he_o rebel_v against_o he_o in_o send_v his_o ambassador_n into_o egypt_n that_o they_o may_v give_v he_o horse_n and_o much_o people_n shall_v he_o prosper_v shall_v he_o escape_v that_o do_v such_o thing_n or_o shall_v he_o break_v the_o covenant_n and_o be_v deliver_v as_o i_o live_v say_v the_o lord_n god_n sure_o in_o the_o place_n where_o the_o king_n dwell_v that_o make_v he_o king_n who_o oath_n he_o despise_v and_o who_o covenant_n he_o break_v even_o with_o he_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o babylon_n he_o shall_v die_v see_v 2._o king_n 24.20_o verse_n 17._o therefore_o he_o bring_v upon_o they_o the_o king_n of_o the_o chaldee_n etc._n etc._n see_v 2._o king_n 25.2_o the_o city_n be_v besiege_v a_o full_a year_n and_o a_o half_a and_o be_v at_o length_n take_v by_o force_n and_o the_o people_n expose_v to_o the_o rage_n of_o their_o merciless_a enemy_n zedekiah_n indeed_o by_o a_o secret_a way_n escape_v with_o his_o wife_n child_n and_o principal_a servant_n to_o the_o plain_n of_o jericho_n but_o be_v there_o overtake_v be_v carry_v back_o to_o nabuchadnezzar_n where_o his_o child_n be_v first_o slay_v before_o his_o face_n his_o eye_n be_v put_v out_o and_o so_o be_v bind_v in_o fetter_n of_o brass_n he_o be_v carry_v to_o babylon_n see_v 2._o king_n 25.1_o 7._o verse_n 20._o and_o they_o that_o have_v escape_v from_o the_o sword_n carried_z he_o away_o to_o babylon_n to_o wit_n by_o nebuzaradan_a captain_n of_o his_o guard_n some_o immediate_o after_o the_o take_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o some_o in_o after_o time_n indeed_o some_o of_o the_o poor_a people_n together_o with_o some_o that_o have_v follow_v the_o party_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n be_v leave_v behind_o to_o till_o the_o ground_n and_o one_o gedaliah_n be_v leave_v to_o be_v their_o governor_n but_o he_o be_v slay_v by_o ishmael_n they_o all_o sle_z for_o fear_n into_o egypt_n where_o they_o afterward_o endure_v all_o kind_n of_o misery_n where_o they_o be_v servant_n to_o he_o and_o his_o son_n until_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n that_o be_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o evilmerodach_n his_o son_n 2._o king_n 25.27_o and_o belshazzar_n his_o grandchild_n son_n of_o evilmerodach_n according_a to_o that_o jer._n 27.6.7_o and_o now_o have_v i_o give_v all_o these_o land_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n etc._n etc._n and_o all_o nation_n shall_v serve_v he_o and_o his_o son_n and_o his_o son_n son_n in_o which_o time_n doubtless_o the_o misery_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v many_o and_o great_a though_o withal_o the_o bitterness_n thereof_o be_v somewhat_o allay_v partly_o by_o the_o prophesy_a of_o ezekiel_n among_o they_o partly_o through_o the_o favour_n they_o may_v find_v by_o mean_n of_o jechoniah_n esther_n mordecai_n daniel_n and_o other_o that_o be_v in_o their_o time_n much_o respect_v and_o honour_v by_o these_o babylonian_a king_n verse_n 21._o to_o fulfil_v the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n by_o the_o mouth_n of_o jeremiah_n until_o the_o land_n have_v enjoy_v her_o sabbath_n etc._n etc._n that_o be_v the_o city_n of_o jerusalem_n be_v thus_o destroy_v the_o people_n carry_v away_o the_o land_n lie_v desolate_a seventy_o year_n which_o be_v ten_o sabbath_n of_o year_n as_o jeremiah_n have_v prophesy_v jer._n 25.11_o this_o whole_a land_n shall_v be_v a_o desolation_n and_o a_o astonishment_n and_o these_o nation_n shall_v serve_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n seventy_o year_n and_o 29.10_o after_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v at_o babylon_n i_o will_v visit_v you_o and_o so_o that_o come_v to_o pass_v which_o god_n threaten_v levit._n 26.34_o 35._o then_o shall_v the_o land_n enjoy_v her_o sabbath_n as_o long_o as_o it_o lie_v desolate_a and_o you_o be_v in_o your_o enemy_n land_n etc._n etc._n because_o it_o do_v not_o rest_n in_o your_o sabbath_n when_o you_o dwell_v upon_o it_o some_o indeed_o do_v begin_v the_o seventy_o year_n captivity_n from_o the_o carry_v away_o of_o jechoniah_n 2._o king_n 24.12_o and_o that_o first_o because_o jeremiah_n write_v to_o those_o that_o be_v carry_v away_o with_o he_o tell_v they_o that_o after_o seventy_o year_n the_o lord_n will_v visit_v they_o jer._n 29.10_o second_o because_o ezekiel_n do_v usual_o reckon_v the_o year_n of_o the_o babylonian_a captivity_n from_o that_o of_o jechoniah_n ezek._n 1.2_o and_o the_o 8_o 1._o and_o the_o 20.1_o etc._n etc._n yea_o and_o do_v distinguish_v it_o from_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n ezek._n 40.1_o in_o the_o five_o and_o twenty_o year_n of_o our_o captivity_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o year_n in_o the_o ten_o day_n of_o the_o month_n in_o the_o fourteen_o year_n after_o the_o city_n be_v smite_v in_o the_o self_n same_o day_n the_o hand_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v upon_o i_o three_o because_o that_o captivity_n be_v most_o notable_a both_o for_o the_o number_n and_o for_o the_o quality_n of_o those_o that_o be_v then_o carry_v away_o to_o wit_n the_o king_n his_o mother_n his_o servant_n prince_n and_o officer_n and_o all_o the_o mighty_a man_n of_o valour_n even_o ten_o thousand_o captive_n etc._n etc._n 2._o king_n 24.12_o 13_o 14._o but_o yet_o i_o conceive_v these_o seventy_o year_n be_v rather_o to_o be_v number_v from_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n first_o because_o dan._n 9.2_o they_o be_v call_v the_o seventy_o year_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o jerusalem_n second_o because_o the_o same_o term_n of_o seventy_o year_n be_v set_v for_o the_o subjection_n of_o other_o neighbour_a nation_n isaiah_n 23.15_o and_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o that_o day_n that_o tyre_n shall_v be_v forget_v seventy_o year_n etc._n etc._n and_o so_o also_o jer._n 25.11_o and_o it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o nabuchadnezzar_n do_v not_o subdue_v those_o neighbour_a nation_n and_o make_v himself_o the_o great_a monarch_n of_o those_o part_n of_o the_o world_n till_o the_o time_n that_o jerusalem_n be_v take_v and_o destroy_v and_o three_o because_o here_o and_o elsewhere_o usual_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o seventy_o year_n be_v say_v to_o be_v fulfil_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o the_o follow_a desolation_n of_o that_o country_n verse_n 22._o now_o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n etc._n etc._n see_v ezra_n 1.1_o annotation_n upon_o the_o book_n of_o ezra_n chap._n i._n now_o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n etc._n etc._n that_o this_o book_n of_o ezra_n be_v always_o acknowledge_v by_o the_o jew_n a_o part_n of_o the_o sacred_a canon_n of_o scripture_n i_o find_v not_o question_v by_o any_o indeed_o who_o be_v the_o penman_n and_o writer_n of_o it_o we_o can_v absolute_o say_v yet_o general_o it_o be_v hold_v that_o it_o be_v write_v by_o ezra_n who_o name_n be_v set_v as_o the_o title_n of_o the_o book_n and_o it_o be_v the_o more_o probable_a because_o he_o be_v of_o the_o chief_a stock_n of_o the_o priest_n the_o son_n that_o be_v the_o grandchild_n of_o seraiah_n chap._n 7.1_o who_o be_v the_o chief_a priest_n in_o the_o day_n of_o zedekiah_n and_o slay_v by_o the_o chaldean_n when_o jerusalem_n be_v destroy_v by_o they_o 2._o king_n 25.18.21_o and_o withal_o because_o he_o live_v when_o these_o thing_n be_v do_v which_o be_v relate_v in_o this_o book_n to_o wit_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o people_n return_n from_o babylon_n and_o be_v a_o ready_a scribe_n as_o be_v express_o note_v of_o he_o chap._n 7.6_o and_o so_o the_o more_o likely_a to_o continue_v the_o history_n of_o the_o commonwealth_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o his_o time_n as_o the_o prophet_n that_o live_v in_o the_o former_a age_n have_v several_o do_v in_o their_o time_n the_o first_o two_o verse_n be_v word_n for_o word_n the_o same_o that_o we_o have_v in_o the_o close_a of_o the_o forego_n book_n of_o the_o second_o of_o chronicle_n which_o have_v move_v some_o expositor_n to_o think_v that_o the_o book_n of_o the_o chronicle_n be_v also_o write_v by_o ezra_n and_o therein_o we_o be_v tell_v that_o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n that_o be_v in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o empire_n the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n over_o babylon_n for_o he_o have_v then_o be_v king_n of_o
companion_n and_o join_v they_o one_o to_o another_o into_o one_o stick_n and_o they_o shall_v become_v one_o in_o thy_o hand_n and_o say_v unto_o they_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n god_n behold_v i_o will_v take_v the_o child_n of_o israel_n from_o among_o the_o heathen_a whither_o they_o be_v go_v and_o will_v gather_v they_o on_o every_o side_n and_o bring_v they_o into_o their_o own_o land_n and_o i_o will_v make_v they_o one_o nation_n in_o the_o land_n upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o israel_n and_o one_o king_n shall_v be_v king_n to_o they_o all_o and_o they_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o two_o nation_n neither_o shall_v they_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o kingdom_n any_o more_o at_o all_o verse_n 7._o also_o cyrus_n the_o king_n bring_v forth_o the_o vessel_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n etc._n etc._n though_o the_o most_o of_o they_o be_v cut_v and_o deface_v and_o only_o lay_v up_o in_o the_o treasury_n of_o the_o house_n of_o their_o god_n of_o which_o bel_n be_v the_o chief_a esay_n 46.1_o bel_n bow_v down_o nebo_n stoop_v etc._n etc._n jer._n 51.44_o i_o will_v punish_v bel_n in_o babylon_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o as_o a_o monument_n of_o the_o take_n of_o jerusalem_n 2._o king_n 24.13_o and_o he_o carry_v out_o thence_o all_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o treasure_n of_o the_o king_n house_n etc._n etc._n or_o else_o that_o place_n in_o the_o king_n must_v be_v mean_v of_o the_o vessel_n which_o solomon_n make_v which_o be_v old_a and_o wear_v with_o age_n be_v cut_v in_o piece_n there_o be_v other_o also_o make_v afterward_o for_o the_o use_n of_o the_o temple_n which_o be_v carry_v away_o whole_a and_o now_o restore_v at_o this_o time_n also_o the_o king_n send_v letter_n with_o they_o to_o command_v his_o deputy_n in_o syria_n to_o afford_v they_o all_o necessary_n chap._n 6.1_o verse_n 8._o and_o number_v they_o unto_o sheshbazzar_n the_o prince_n of_o judah_n that_o be_v zerubbabel_n for_o he_o that_o lay_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o temple_n be_v call_v zerubbabel_n chap._n 3.8_o in_o the_o second_o month_n begin_v zerubbabel_n the_o son_n of_o shealtiel_n etc._n etc._n to_o set_v forward_o the_o work_n of_o the_o house_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o elsewhere_o shebazzar_n chap._n 5.16_o then_o come_v shebazzar_n and_o lay_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o house_n of_o god_n he_o be_v the_o chief_a prince_n of_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n and_o of_o the_o blood_n royal_a the_o son_n of_o salathiel_n and_o grandchild_n of_o jechoniah_n matth._n 1.12_o and_o so_o be_v by_o cyrus_n make_v ruler_n of_o those_o that_o now_o go_v up_o to_o jerusalem_n chap._n 5.14_o those_o do_v cyrus_n the_o king_n take_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n of_o babylon_n and_o they_o be_v deliver_v unto_o one_o who_o name_n be_v sheshbazzar_n who_o he_o make_v governor_n and_o thus_o the_o government_n be_v still_o in_o the_o tribe_n of_o judah_n according_a to_o that_o prophecy_n of_o jacob_n gen._n 49.10_o the_o sceptre_n shall_v not_o depart_v from_o judah_n etc._n etc._n verse_n 9_o nine_o and_o twenty_o knife_n these_o knife_n be_v such_o doubtless_o as_o be_v use_v by_o the_o priest_n in_o kill_v the_o sacrifice_n and_o be_v it_o seem_v trim_v rich_o with_o gold_n and_o silver_n be_v therefore_o reckon_v here_o among_o the_o plate_n that_o be_v carry_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n by_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o now_o restore_v by_o cyrus_n verse_n 10._o silver_n bason_n of_o a_o second_o sort_n four_o hundred_o and_o ten_o that_o be_v of_o another_o size_n or_o of_o another_o kind_n and_o fashion_n happy_o those_o of_o the_o first_o sort_n be_v for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o temple_n these_o of_o the_o second_o sort_n for_o the_o court_n and_o chamber_n and_o other_o vessel_n a_o thousand_o that_o be_v other_o vessel_n of_o the_o chief_a sort_n for_o this_o be_v not_o the_o number_n of_o all_o the_o other_o vessel_n great_a and_o small_a not_o before_o mention_v as_o be_v evident_a in_o the_o follow_a verse_n verse_n 11._o all_o the_o vessel_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silver_n be_v five_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o that_o be_v both_o of_o those_o before_o mention_v and_o those_o that_o be_v here_o particular_o express_v chap._n ii_o verse_n 1._o now_o these_o be_v the_o child_n of_o the_o province_n that_o go_v up_o out_o of_o the_o captivity_n etc._n etc._n in_o this_o chapter_n we_o have_v a_o catalogue_n of_o those_o that_o go_v out_o of_o babylon_n with_o zerubbabel_n when_o cyrus_n by_o his_o proclamation_n give_v they_o liberty_n to_o return_v some_o conceive_v they_o be_v call_v the_o child_n of_o the_o province_n because_o they_o have_v dwell_v in_o babylon_n but_o i_o rather_o conceive_v that_o it_o be_v the_o land_n of_o judea_n which_o be_v here_o call_v the_o province_n and_o so_o with_o respect_n thereto_o the_o jew_n be_v here_o call_v the_o child_n of_o the_o province_n because_o judea_n be_v now_o one_o of_o the_o province_n that_o be_v in_o subjection_n to_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n according_a to_o that_o esther_n 1.1_o ahasuerus_n which_o reign_v from_o india_n even_o unto_o ethiopia_n over_o a_o hundred_o and_o seven_o and_o twenty_o province_n now_o though_o it_o be_v most_o probable_a that_o some_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n that_o be_v carry_v into_o assyria_n before_o nebuchadnezar_n reign_v do_v now_o return_v with_o zerubbabel_n chap._n 1.5_o yet_o because_o there_o be_v but_o few_o of_o they_o to_o speak_v of_o therefore_o they_o that_o return_v be_v say_v to_o be_v those_o who_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v carry_v away_o and_o they_o be_v say_v to_o have_v return_v every_o one_o unto_o his_o city_n whereby_o be_v mean_v not_o the_o city_n wherein_o they_o have_v former_o dwell_v but_o the_o city_n appoint_v they_o by_o their_o present_a governor_n for_o their_o dwell_n for_o those_o of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n that_o do_v now_o return_v dwell_v not_o in_o the_o city_n of_o samaria_n but_o in_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n verse_n 22._o jeshua_n nehemiah_n seraiah_n etc._n etc._n these_o that_o be_v here_o express_v by_o name_n be_v doubtless_o the_o chief_a and_o most_o eminent_a of_o those_o that_o go_v now_o with_o zerubbabel_n the_o most_o of_o they_o happy_o captain_n and_o governor_n of_o the_o people_n and_o then_o afterward_o he_o add_v in_o the_o sequel_n of_o the_o chapter_n the_o number_n of_o the_o man_n of_o the_o people_n of_o israel_n that_o be_v how_o many_o there_o be_v of_o the_o people_n now_o concern_v those_o that_o be_v express_v by_o name_n we_o must_v note_v first_o that_o jeshua_n be_v the_o high_a priest_n the_o son_n of_o jozadak_n chap._n 3.2_o call_v elsewhere_o joshua_n the_o son_n of_o josedech_n as_o haggai_n 1.1_o the_o great_a assistant_n of_o zerubbabel_n in_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n second_o that_o in_o nehem._n 7.7_o where_o the_o catalogue_n of_o those_o that_o do_v at_o first_o go_v up_o with_o zerubbabel_n be_v again_o set_v down_o some_o of_o these_o here_o mention_v be_v call_v by_o other_o name_n as_o seraiah_n be_v there_o call_v azariah_n relaijah_n raamiah_n misper_v misper_v and_o rehum_n nahum_n and_o withal_o there_o be_v one_o add_v there_o to_o wit_n nahumani_n that_o be_v not_o mention_v here_o and_o three_o that_o it_o be_v not_o probable_a that_o either_o nehemiah_n here_o mention_v be_v that_o famous_a nehemiah_n the_o penman_n of_o that_o book_n of_o scripture_n which_o be_v call_v by_o his_o name_n or_o mordecai_n that_o famous_a mordecai_n that_o be_v esther_n uncle_n but_o two_o other_o of_o the_o same_o name_n for_o first_o have_v that_o nehemiah_n go_v up_o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n he_o must_v needs_o have_v be_v well_o strike_v in_o year_n and_o yet_o we_o see_v he_o be_v cupbearer_n to_o artaxerxes_n neh._n 2.1_o and_o the_o persian_n use_v to_o have_v young_a man_n to_o attend_v they_o in_o such_o place_n and_o second_o from_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n to_o darius_n the_o last_o who_o be_v beat_v by_o alexander_n the_o great_a there_o be_v at_o least_o two_o hundred_o year_n and_o upward_o and_o till_o the_o time_n of_o that_o darius_n the_o last_o do_v that_o famous_a nehemiah_n live_v for_o in_o his_o book_n mention_n be_v make_v of_o jaddua_n the_o priest_n neh._n 12.11_o of_o who_o we_o read_v in_o josephus_n that_o he_o meet_v alexander_n the_o great_a in_o his_o priestly_a robe_n and_o so_o stay_v he_o from_o do_v any_o hurt_n to_o the_o city_n and_o temple_n and_o as_o for_o mordecai_n esther_n uncle_n he_o bring_v up_o esther_n in_o shushan_n in_o persia_n long_o after_o this_o in_o the_o day_n of_o ahasuerus_n or_o zerxes_n and_o therefore_o do_v not_o return_v with_o zerubbabel_n in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n as_o this_o mordecai_n do_v
seek_v to_o advance_v themselves_o but_o only_o seek_v the_o good_a of_o the_o people_n verse_n 17._o moreover_o there_o be_v at_o my_o table_n a_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o of_o the_o jew_n and_o ruler_n etc._n etc._n the_o charge_n he_o be_v at_o in_o entertain_v so_o many_o of_o the_o ruler_n people_n and_o stranger_n daily_o at_o his_o table_n be_v here_o allege_a to_o wit_n during_o the_o time_n of_o his_o be_v in_o jerusalem_n for_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o he_o be_v often_o away_o in_o persia_n and_o this_o charge_n constant_o for_o twelve_o year_n together_o will_v otherwise_o have_v spend_v a_o king_n estate_n first_o because_o hereby_o the_o people_n be_v much_o ease_v for_o a_o heavy_a burden_n it_o will_v have_v be_v to_o they_o if_o all_o this_o have_v be_v do_v at_o the_o common_a charge_n and_o second_o because_o this_o circumstance_n do_v much_o commend_v his_o not_o take_v from_o the_o people_n that_o which_o the_o former_a governor_n have_v take_v of_o they_o for_o their_o maintenance_n to_o wit_n that_o he_o be_v put_v to_o so_o great_a charge_n and_o yet_o he_o defray_v it_o all_o of_o his_o own_o private_a mean_n verse_n 18._o also_o fowl_n be_v prepare_v for_o i_o and_o once_o in_o ten_o day_n store_n of_o all_o sort_n of_o wine_n that_o be_v beside_o the_o ordinary_a provision_n prepare_v for_o every_o day_n every_o ten_o day_n i_o feast_v they_o more_o liberal_o and_o give_v they_o store_n of_o all_o sort_n of_o wine_n chap._n vi_o verse_n 2._o sanballat_n and_o geshem_n send_v unto_o i_o say_v come_v let_v we_o meet_v together_o in_o some_o one_o of_o the_o village_n in_o the_o plain_a of_o ono_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v in_o the_o tribe_n of_o benjamin_n chap._n 11.30_o 35._o 1._o chron._n 8.12_o it_o be_v likely_a therefore_o that_o sanballat_n appoint_v this_o place_n for_o their_o meeting_n so_o near_o to_o jerusalem_n that_o nehemiah_n may_v be_v the_o more_o easy_o induce_v to_o come_v thither_o but_o say_v nehemiah_n they_o think_v to_o do_v i_o mischief_n that_o be_v to_o slay_v i_o or_o at_o least_o to_o make_v i_o their_o prisoner_n verse_n 5._o then_o send_v sanballat_n his_o servant_n unto_o i_o in_o like_a manner_n the_o five_o time_n with_o a_o open_a letter_n he_o send_v the_o letter_n open_a either_o to_o imply_v that_o what_o be_v write_v in_o that_o letter_n be_v no_o secret_a thing_n but_o what_o be_v common_a in_o every_o man_n mouth_n or_o else_o that_o the_o messenger_n may_v show_v it_o to_o other_o of_o the_o jew_n before_o he_o come_v to_o nehemiah_n and_o so_o with_o the_o content_n thereof_o may_v discourage_v they_o verse_n 6._o it_o be_v report_v among_o the_o heathen_a and_o gashmu_n say_v it_o that_o thou_o and_o the_o jew_n think_v to_o rebel_v that_o be_v that_o you_o may_v not_o think_v i_o pretend_v a_o rumour_n when_o there_o be_v no_o such_o thing_n i_o will_v name_v you_o one_o in_o particular_a who_o will_v confident_o aver_v it_o and_o that_o be_v gashmu_n or_o geshem_n vers_fw-la 2._o the_o king_n of_o persia_n his_o deputy_n lieutenant_n in_o arabia_n and_o that_o because_o hereby_o also_o you_o may_v see_v how_o far_o the_o rumour_n be_v spread_v and_o that_o their_o be_v some_o no_o mean_a man_n that_o will_v maintain_v it_o thou_o build_v the_o wall_n that_o thou_o may_v be_v their_o king_n according_a to_o these_o word_n according_a to_o this_o report_n which_o be_v abroad_o of_o you_o verse_n 7._o and_o thou_o have_v also_o appoint_v prophet_n to_o preach_v of_o thou_o at_o jerusalem_n say_v there_o be_v a_o king_n in_o judah_n that_o be_v we_o have_v now_o a_o king_n again_o of_o our_o own_o nation_n and_o shall_v not_o be_v in_o bondage_n any_o long_o to_o foreign_a prince_n i_o find_v some_o expositor_n of_o opinion_n that_o such_o a_o rumour_n be_v indeed_o spread_v abroad_o concern_v nehemiah_n and_o that_o it_o be_v raise_v by_o occasion_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o haggai_n and_o zachariah_n concern_v the_o near_a approach_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o be_v by_o some_o pervert_v as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v speak_v of_o nehemiah_n but_o i_o think_v it_o may_v as_o well_o be_v suppose_v that_o there_o be_v no_o such_o rumour_n but_o that_o they_o be_v mere_o forge_v by_o sanballat_n to_o scare_v nehemiah_n and_o in_o hope_n he_o will_v thereupon_o come_v to_o they_o to_o clear_v himself_o for_o so_o nehemiah_n answer_v vers_n 8._o there_o be_v no_o such_o thing_n do_v as_o thou_o say_v but_o thou_o faign_a they_o out_o of_o thy_o own_o heart_n come_v now_o therefore_o and_o let_v we_o take_v counsel_n together_o that_o be_v let_v we_o meet_v and_o advise_v in_o a_o friendly_a manner_n that_o we_o may_v see_v whether_o this_o report_n be_v true_a and_o if_o it_o be_v false_a what_o course_n be_v to_o be_v take_v to_o discover_v your_o innocency_n and_o to_o prevent_v the_o king_n of_o persiaes_n displeasure_n against_o we_o verse_n 10._o afterward_o i_o come_v unto_o the_o house_n of_o shemaiah_n the_o son_n of_o delaiah_n etc._n etc._n who_o be_v shut_v up_o it_o seem_v this_o shemaiah_n be_v a_o priest_n of_o the_o course_n of_o delaiah_n 1._o chron._n 24.18_o and_o therefore_o call_v here_o the_o son_n of_o delaiah_n and_o that_o according_o he_o have_v his_o house_n in_o the_o temple_n but_o withal_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o he_o be_v account_v a_o prophet_n though_o he_o be_v indeed_o a_o false_a prophet_n and_o be_v hire_v at_o this_o time_n by_o tobiah_n and_o sanballat_n to_o prophesy_v of_o the_o danger_n that_o be_v come_v upon_o nehemiah_n purposely_o that_o he_o may_v be_v terrify_v and_o be_v win_v to_o hide_v himself_o and_o so_o the_o heart_n of_o all_o the_o people_n may_v be_v discourage_v likewise_o and_o some_o advantage_n by_o this_o mean_n may_v be_v take_v against_o they_o why_o it_o be_v here_o say_v he_o be_v at_o this_o time_n shut_v up_o the_o judgement_n of_o expositor_n be_v divers_a the_o most_o probable_a reason_n that_o i_o find_v give_v for_o it_o be_v that_o he_o shut_v up_o himself_o either_o first_o to_o make_v a_o show_n of_o a_o desire_n to_o retire_v himself_o that_o he_o may_v pray_v with_o the_o great_a liberty_n and_o receive_v some_o revelation_n from_o god_n or_o second_o out_o of_o a_o pretence_n of_o fear_v some_o sudden_a attempt_n that_o will_v be_v make_v upon_o the_o city_n which_o cause_v he_o to_o shut_v up_o himself_o that_o he_o may_v keep_v out_o the_o enemy_n or_o three_o that_o he_o do_v it_o as_o a_o prophetical_a sign_n that_o such_o danger_n be_v come_v upon_o the_o city_n that_o man_n shall_v be_v glad_a to_o shut_v up_o themselves_o assay_v thereby_o to_o hide_v themselves_o from_o the_o enemy_n whereof_o when_o nehemiah_n hear_v for_o this_o very_a cause_n it_o be_v that_o he_o come_v to_o he_o and_o he_o say_v let_v we_o meet_v together_o in_o the_o house_n of_o god_n within_o the_o temple_n and_o let_v we_o shut_v the_o door_n etc._n etc._n and_o thus_o under_o a_o pretence_n of_o persuade_v nehemiah_n to_o shut_v up_o himself_o in_o the_o temple_n that_o his_o enemy_n may_v not_o come_v at_o he_o he_o seek_v by_o nehemiahs_n cowardice_n to_o discourage_v all_o the_o people_n as_o be_v before_o note_v and_o withal_o may_v have_v a_o purpose_n to_o deliver_v he_o up_o into_o their_o hand_n have_v he_o thus_o fast_o shut_v up_o that_o he_o can_v not_o escape_v to_o hide_v himself_o verse_n 11._o and_o i_o say_v shall_v such_o a_o man_n as_o i_o flee_v etc._n etc._n be_v call_v of_o god_n to_o do_v what_o i_o do_v and_o be_v at_o present_a the_o chief_a magistrate_n and_o governor_n of_o this_o city_n who_o be_o therefore_o to_o take_v care_n for_o the_o defence_n of_o the_o people_n and_o to_o give_v they_o all_o possible_a encouragement_n both_o by_o word_n and_o deed_n shall_v i_o flee_v and_o that_o into_o the_o temple_n like_o a_o malefactor_n that_o seek_v to_o take_v sanctuary_n there_o sure_o this_o be_v the_o ready_a way_n utter_o to_o discourage_v the_o people_n and_o to_o bring_v a_o reproach_n both_o upon_o myself_o and_o upon_o they_o as_o if_o i_o do_v distrust_v the_o providence_n and_o protection_n of_o god_n and_o therefore_o be_v it_o to_o save_v my_o life_n i_o will_v not_o do_v it_o this_o i_o conceive_v be_v the_o full_a meaning_n of_o these_o word_n of_o nehemiah_n yet_o some_o think_v also_o that_o he_o refuse_v to_o go_v into_o the_o temple_n because_o it_o be_v not_o lawful_a for_o any_o but_o the_o priest_n to_o go_v in_o thither_o numb_a 3.38_o verse_n 12._o and_o lo_o i_o perceive_v that_o god_n have_v not_o send_v he_o etc._n etc._n to_o wit_n both_o by_o the_o advice_n he_o give_v because_o it_o tend_v to_o the_o hurt_n of_o god_n people_n
defend_v themselves_o and_o to_o slay_v their_o enemy_n and_o the_o slaughter_n which_o thereupon_o they_o have_v make_v among_o they_o and_o again_o some_o other_o thing_n have_v be_v only_o bring_v unto_o they_o by_o relation_n from_o other_o as_o haman_n cast_v of_o lot_n and_o many_o other_o of_o the_o like_a nature_n verse_n 29._o then_o esther_n the_o queen_n the_o daughter_n of_o abihail_n and_o mordecai_n the_o jew_n write_v etc._n etc._n the_o former_a letter_n whereby_o the_o jew_n be_v in_o all_o place_n appoint_v to_o keep_v yearly_o the_o feast_n of_o purim_n on_o the_o fourteen_o and_o fifteen_o day_n of_o the_o month_n adar_n in_o memory_n of_o this_o great_a deliverance_n be_v write_v by_o mordecai_n vers_fw-la 20._o and_o therefore_o be_v that_o festival_n usual_o afterward_o among_o the_o jew_n call_v mordecay_v day_n 2._o maccha_fw-la 15.36_o but_o then_o afterward_o again_o perhaps_o the_o next_o year_n lest_o they_o shall_v not_o hold_v on_o in_o the_o yearly_a observe_v this_o feast_n as_o fear_v lest_o the_o celebration_n hereof_o shall_v embitter_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o people_n against_o they_o among_o who_o they_o live_v by_o renew_v the_o memory_n of_o that_o great_a slaughter_n which_o the_o jew_n have_v make_v among_o they_o esther_n also_o now_o with_o mordecai_n write_v a_o second_o letter_n to_o enjoin_v the_o continuance_n of_o this_o anniversary_n feast_n and_o that_o with_o all_o authority_n urge_v it_o by_o all_o mean_n and_o strict_o enjoin_v it_o as_o far_o as_o by_o their_o authority_n they_o may_v the_o better_a to_o confirm_v this_o second_o letter_n and_o that_o there_o may_v be_v no_o question_n make_v of_o do_v what_o be_v therein_o so_o strict_o and_o firm_o enjoin_v verse_n 30._o and_o he_o send_v the_o letter_n unto_o all_o the_o jew_n etc._n etc._n with_o word_n of_o peace_n and_o truth_n the_o meaning_n of_o this_o clause_n be_v either_o that_o in_o these_o letter_n he_o do_v enjoin_v they_o to_o live_v peaceable_o among_o themselves_o and_o with_o other_o also_o and_o not_o to_o insult_v over_o the_o nation_n because_o of_o their_o own_o present_a prosperity_n or_o else_o that_o he_o do_v comfort_n or_o encourage_v they_o by_o give_v they_o assurance_n that_o they_o shall_v enjoy_v peace_n and_o truth_n and_o put_v they_o out_o of_o doubt_n and_o fear_n verse_n 31._o and_o as_o they_o have_v decree_v for_o themselves_o and_o for_o their_o seed_n the_o matter_n of_o the_o fasting_n and_o their_o cry_n several_a way_n be_v this_o understand_v by_o expositor_n for_o first_o some_o understand_v it_o as_o in_o relation_n to_o their_o fast_n and_o pray_v three_o day_n together_o when_o esther_n be_v to_o go_v in_o to_o ahasuerus_n to_o make_v supplication_n for_o the_o jew_n chap._n 4.16_o to_o wit_n that_o as_o then_o in_o their_o great_a danger_n esther_n and_o mordecai_n appoint_v they_o certain_a day_n for_o fast_v and_o prayer_n with_o strong_a cry_n and_o tear_n so_o now_o they_o appoint_v certain_a day_n of_o yearly_a praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n for_o their_o great_a deliverance_n second_o some_o understand_v it_o thus_o that_o as_o they_o have_v decree_v for_o themselves_o and_o their_o posterity_n that_o the_o thirteen_o day_n of_o the_o month_n adar_n shall_v for_o ever_o be_v keep_v as_o a_o fast_a day_n in_o remembrance_n of_o their_o fast_n when_o haman_n have_v procure_v his_o bloody_a decree_n against_o they_o so_o they_o decree_v likewise_o to_o keep_v the_o fourteen_o and_o fifteen_o day_n as_o day_n of_o feast_v in_o memory_n of_o their_o miraculous_a deliverance_n from_o that_o decree_n and_o three_o other_o take_v it_o thus_o that_o as_o they_o have_v former_o decree_v for_o themselves_o and_o their_o posterity_n to_o keep_v certain_a day_n of_o public_a humiliation_n with_o fast_v and_o prayer_n in_o remembrance_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o jerusalem_n when_o the_o city_n be_v take_v and_o the_o temple_n burn_v by_o the_o babylonian_n which_o be_v those_o whereof_o the_o prophet_n zachary_n speak_v zach._n 7.5_o when_o you_o fast_v and_o mourn_v in_o the_o five_o and_o seven_o month_n even_o those_o seventy_o year_n do_v you_o at_o all_o fast_o unto_o i_o even_o unto_o i_o so_o now_o it_o be_v decree_v that_o they_o shall_v for_o ever_o keep_v this_o feast_n of_o purim_n in_o remembrance_n of_o their_o joyful_a deliverance_n from_o the_o plot_n of_o haman_n and_o indeed_o first_o because_o the_o text_n here_o speak_v of_o fast_n decree_v for_o all_o the_o jew_n and_o their_o posterity_n and_o that_o fast_o desire_v by_o esther_n chap._n 4.16_o be_v only_o keep_v in_o shushan_n and_o second_o because_o we_o find_v it_o not_o in_o the_o story_n any_o where_n that_o there_o be_v a_o fast_a for_o ever_o keep_v on_o the_o thirteen_o day_n in_o memorial_n of_o that_o fast_o and_o indeed_o that_o they_o keep_v a_o fast_a in_o remembrance_n of_o a_o fast_o or_o a_o danger_n from_o which_o they_o be_v deliver_v seem_v not_o probable_a therefore_o the_o last_o exposition_n be_v i_o conceive_v most_o satisfactory_a verse_n 32._o and_o the_o decree_n of_o esther_n confirm_v these_o matter_n of_o purim_n and_o it_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n that_o be_v in_o the_o book_n of_o their_o public_a act_n or_o the_o book_n of_o their_o civil_a statute_n and_o ordinance_n beside_o those_o of_o moses_n law_n chap._n x._o verse_n 1._o king_n ahasuerus_n lay_v a_o tribute_n upon_o the_o land_n and_o upon_o the_o isle_n of_o the_o sea_n that_o be_v both_o the_o continent_n and_o the_o isle_n under_o his_o dominion_n perhaps_o this_o be_v here_o insert_v as_o be_v intend_v only_o of_o the_o reimpose_n of_o the_o tribute_n whereof_o there_o be_v grant_v a_o release_n for_o a_o time_n at_o esther_n marriage_n chap._n 2.18_o then_o the_o king_n make_v a_o great_a feast_n unto_o all_o his_o prince_n and_o his_o servant_n even_o esther_n feast_n and_o he_o make_v a_o release_n to_o the_o province_n etc._n etc._n yet_o it_o may_v be_v also_o add_v to_o show_v how_o god_n punish_v the_o nation_n for_o their_o late_a greedy_a gape_v after_o the_o life_n and_o estate_n of_o god_n people_n or_o to_o make_v way_n to_o that_o which_o follow_v vers_fw-la 3._o how_o mordecai_n seek_v the_o weal_n of_o his_o people_n perhaps_o by_o procure_v they_o favour_n in_o regard_n of_o this_o tribute_n and_o indeed_o some_o expositor_n understand_v this_o of_o the_o tribute_n impose_v by_o xerxes_n for_o that_o great_a expedition_n of_o he_o against_o greece_n verse_n 3._o seek_v the_o wealth_n of_o his_o people_n and_o speak_v peace_n to_o all_o his_o seed_n that_o be_v to_o the_o jew_n his_o country_n man_n for_o who_o he_o be_v always_o ready_a to_o speak_v to_o the_o king_n and_o to_o do_v what_o ever_o may_v be_v for_o their_o peace_n and_o welfare_n finis_fw-la